UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended
March 31, 2015

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From
(Not Applicable)
Commission File Number 001-36636
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of the registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 
05-0412693
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
One Citizens Plaza, Providence, RI 02903
( Address of principal executive offices, including zip code )

(401) 456-7000
( Registrant’s telephone number, including area code )

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[X] Yes [] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
[X] Yes [ ] No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer                      [ ]          Accelerated filer      [ ]
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) [X]          Smaller reporting company [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). [ ] Yes [X] No

There were 537,022,384 shares of Registrant’s common stock ($0.01 par value) outstanding on May 1, 2015.



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


1

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS
The following listing provides a comprehensive reference of common acronyms and terms we regularly use in our financial reporting:
AFS
 
Available for Sale
ALLL
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
AOCI
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
ASU
 
Accounting Standards Update
ATM
 
Automatic Teller Machine
BHC
 
Bank Holding Company
bps
 
Basis Points
C&I
 
Commercial and Industrial
Capital Plan Rule
 
Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y Capital Plan Rule
CBNA
 
Citizens Bank, N.A.
CBPA
 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
CCAR
 
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCO
 
Chief Credit Officer
CET1
 
Common Equity Tier 1
CEO
 
Chief Executive Officer
CFO
 
Chief Financial Officer
Citizens or CFG or the Company
 
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. and its Subsidiaries
CLTV
 
Combined Loan-to-Value
CMO
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation
CRE
 
Commercial Real Estate
CRO
 
Chief Risk Officer
DFAST
 
Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test
Dodd-Frank Act
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
EPS
 
Earnings Per Share
ESPP
 
Employee Stock Purchase Program
ERISA
 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
Fannie Mae (FNMA)
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
FASB
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDIC
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHLB
 
Federal Home Loan Bank
FICO
 
Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)
FRB
 
Federal Reserve Bank
FRBG
 
Federal Reserve Board of Governors
Freddie Mac (FHLMC)
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
FTP
 
Funds Transfer Pricing
GAAP
 
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America
GDP
 
Gross Domestic Product
Ginnie Mae (GNMA)
 
Government National Mortgage Association
HELOC
 
Home Equity Line of Credit
HTM
 
Held To Maturity
IPO
 
Initial Public Offering
LCR
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio

2

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

LGD
 
Loss Given Default
LIBOR
 
London Interbank Offered Rate
LIHTC
 
Low Income Housing Tax Credit
LTV
 
Loan-to-Value
MBS
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities
MD&A
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
MSR
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
NSFR
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
OCC
 
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
 
Other Comprehensive Income
OIS
 
Overnight Index Swap
OTC
 
Over the Counter
PD
 
Probability of Default
peers or peer banks or peer regional banks
 
BB&T, Comerica, Fifth Third, KeyCorp, M&T, PNC, Regions, SunTrust and U.S. Bancorp
RBS
 
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc or any of its subsidiaries
RPA
 
Risk Participation Agreement
RWA
 
Risk-weighted Assets
SBO
 
Serviced by Others loan portfolio
SVaR
 
Stress Value-at-Risk
TDR
 
Troubled Debt Restructuring
VaR
 
Value-at-Risk




3

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



4

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions, except share data)
(Unaudited)
 
 
ASSETS:
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks

$954

 

$1,171

Interest-bearing cash and due from banks
4,050

 
2,105

Interest-bearing deposits in banks
615

 
370

Securities available for sale, at fair value
19,041

 
18,656

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $5,281 and $5,193, respectively)
5,178

 
5,148

Other investment securities
867

 
872

Loans held for sale, at fair value
322

 
256

Other loans held for sale
54

 
25

Loans and leases
94,494

 
93,410

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,202

 
1,195

Net loans and leases
93,292

 
92,215

Derivative assets (related party balances of $14 and $1, respectively)
742

 
629

Premises and equipment, net
584

 
595

Bank-owned life insurance
1,535

 
1,527

Goodwill
6,876

 
6,876

Other assets (related party balances of $8 and $7, respectively)
2,425

 
2,412

TOTAL ASSETS

$136,535

 

$132,857

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 
 
LIABILITIES:
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
      Noninterest-bearing

$26,670

 

$26,086

Interest-bearing (related party balances of $5 and $5, respectively)
72,320

 
69,621

          Total deposits
98,990

 
95,707

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
4,421

 
4,276

Other short-term borrowed funds
7,004

 
6,253

Derivative liabilities (related party balances of $276 and $387, respectively)
616

 
612

Deferred taxes, net
586

 
493

Long-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $2,000 and $2,000, respectively)
3,904

 
4,642

Due to broker
61

 

Other liabilities (related party balances of $33 and $30, respectively)
1,389

 
1,606

TOTAL LIABILITIES

$116,971

 

$113,589

Contingencies (refer to Note 13)


 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 
 
Preferred stock:
 
 
 
$25.00 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized and no shares outstanding at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

$—

 

$—

Common stock:
 
 
 
$0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 562,673,438 shares issued and 547,490,812 shares outstanding at March 31, 2015, and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 560,262,638 shares issued and 545,884,519 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014
6

 
6

Additional paid-in capital
18,707

 
18,676

Retained earnings
1,448

 
1,294

Treasury stock, at cost, 15,182,626 and 14,378,119 shares at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively
(357
)
 
(336
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(240
)
 
(372
)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$19,564

 

$19,268

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

$136,535

 

$132,857

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

5

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 (in millions, except share and per-share data)
2015

 
2014

INTEREST INCOME:
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans and leases (related party balances of $18 and $18, respectively)

$779

 

$730

Interest and fees on loans held for sale
1

 
1

Interest and fees on other loans held for sale
2

 
12

Investment securities
159

 
149

Interest-bearing deposits in banks
1

 
1

Total interest income
942

 
893

INTEREST EXPENSE:
 
 
 
Deposits
52

 
33

Deposits held for sale

 
2

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (related party balances of $5 and $13, respectively)
7

 
15

Other short-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $10 and $16, respectively)
15

 
19

Long-term borrowed funds (related party balances of $20 and $12, respectively)
32

 
16

Total interest expense
106

 
85

Net interest income
836

 
808

Provision for credit losses
58

 
121

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
778

 
687

NONINTEREST INCOME:
 
 
 
Service charges and fees (related party balances of $1 and $2, respectively)
135

 
139

Card fees
52

 
56

Trust and investment services fees
36

 
39

Foreign exchange and trade finance fees (related party balances of $35 and ($6), respectively)
23

 
22

Capital markets fees (related party balances of $3 and $3, respectively)
22

 
18

Mortgage banking fees
33

 
20

Bank-owned life insurance income
12

 
11

Securities gains, net
8

 
25

Other-than-temporary impairment:
 
 
 
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses
(31
)
 
(34
)
Portions of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)
30

 
30

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
(1
)
 
(4
)
Other income (related party balances of ($68) and ($53), respectively)
27

 
32

Total noninterest income
347


358

NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
419

 
405

Outside services (related party balances of $2 and $8, respectively)
79

 
83

Occupancy
80

 
81

Equipment expense
63

 
64

Amortization of software
36

 
31

Other operating expense
133

 
146

Total noninterest expense
810

 
810

Income before income tax expense
315

 
235

Income tax expense
106

 
69

NET INCOME

$209

 

$166

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
Basic
546,291,363

 
559,998,324

Diluted
549,798,717

 
559,998,324

Per common share information:
 
 
 
Basic earnings

$0.38

 

$0.30

Diluted earnings
0.38

 
0.30

   Dividends declared and paid
0.10

 
0.04

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

6

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
 
2015

 
2014

Net income
 

$209

 

$166

Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized derivative instrument gains (losses) arising during the periods, net of income taxes of $39 and $34, respectively
 
65

 
59

Reclassification adjustment for net derivative losses included in net income, net of income taxes of ($1) and $4, respectively
 
(2
)
 
7

Net unrealized available for sale securities gains (losses) arising during the periods, net of income taxes of $54 and $41, respectively
 
90

 
71

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities, net of income taxes of ($11) and ($11), respectively
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
Reclassification of net securities gains to net income, net of income taxes of ($3) and ($7), respectively
 
(4
)
 
(14
)
Defined benefit pension plans:
 
 
 
 
Amortization of actuarial loss, net of income taxes $1 and $1, respectively
 
2

 
1

Total other comprehensive income, net of income taxes
 
132

 
105

Total comprehensive income
 

$341

 

$271

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

7

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
 
Common Stock
Additional Paid-in Capital
Retained Earnings
Treasury Stock, at Cost
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Total

(in millions)
Shares
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2014
560


$6


$18,603


$1,235


$—


($648
)

$19,196

Dividend to RBS



(25
)


(25
)
Total comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income



166



166

Other comprehensive income





105

105

Total comprehensive income



166


105

271

Balance at March 31, 2014
560


$6


$18,603


$1,376


$—


($543
)

$19,442

Balance at January 1, 2015
546


$6


$18,676


$1,294


($336
)

($372
)

$19,268

Dividend to common stockholders



(16
)


(16
)
Dividend to RBS



(39
)


(39
)
Share-based compensation plans
1


29


(21
)

8

Employee stock purchase plan shares purchased


2




2

Total comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income



209



209

Other comprehensive income





132

132

Total comprehensive income



209


132

341

Balance at March 31, 2015
547


$6


$18,707


$1,448


($357
)

($240
)

$19,564

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

8

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net income

$209

 

$166

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for credit losses
58

 
121

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale
(495
)
 
(307
)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale
462

 
352

Purchases of commercial loans held for sale
(288
)
 

Proceeds from sales of commercial loans held for sale
262

 

Amortization of terminated cash flow hedges (related party balances of $4 and $12, respectively)
4

 
12

Depreciation, amortization and accretion
113

 
96

Mortgage servicing rights valuation recovery
(1
)
 
(4
)
Securities impairment
1

 
4

Deferred income taxes
14

 
58

Share-based compensation
6

 
19

Loss on disposal/impairment of premises and equipment

 
1

Gain on sales of:
 
 
 
Debt securities available for sale
(8
)
 
(25
)
Marketable equity securities available for sale
(2
)
 

(Increase) decrease in other assets (related party balances of ($13) and $61, respectively)
(136
)
 
280

Decrease in other liabilities (related party balances of ($109) and ($38), respectively)
(101
)
 
(73
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
98

 
700

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Investment securities:
 
 
 
Purchases of securities available for sale
(2,190
)
 
(3,697
)
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of securities available for sale
865

 
694

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
1,101

 
711

Purchases of other investment securities
(6
)
 

Proceeds from sales of other investment securities
11

 

Purchases of securities held to maturity
(181
)
 
(1,174
)
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of securities held to maturity
150

 
40

Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits in banks
(245
)
 
(66
)
Net increase in loans and leases
(1,183
)
 
(1,486
)
Net increase in bank-owned life insurance
(8
)
 
(11
)
Premises and equipment:
 
 
 
Purchases
(18
)
 
(7
)
Proceeds from sales
11

 

Capitalization of software
(47
)
 
(40
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(1,740
)
 
(5,036
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
3,283

 
470

Net increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
145

 
1,289

Net increase in other short-term borrowed funds

 
2,700

Repayments of long-term borrowed funds
(3
)
 
(3
)
Dividends declared and paid to common stockholders

(16
)
 

Dividends declared and paid to RBS
(39
)
 
(25
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
3,370

 
4,431

Increase in cash and cash equivalents
1,728

 
95

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
3,276

 
2,757

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$5,004

 

$2,852

The accompanying Notes to unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.








9

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Basis of Presentation

The unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Notes thereto of Citizens Financial Group, Inc., have been prepared in accordance with GAAP interim reporting requirements, and therefore do not include all information and Notes included in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP. These unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes included in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The Company is an indirect subsidiary of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc. The Company’s principal business activity is banking, conducted through its subsidiaries, Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania.

The unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods. The results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year.

On August 22, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 165,582 -for-1 stock split. Except for the amount of authorized shares and par value, all references to share and per share amounts in the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split.

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income, total comprehensive income, total assets or total stockholders’ equity as previously reported.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02 “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis”. This standard focuses on the consolidation evaluation for reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations, and securitization structures (e.g., collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, and mortgage-backed security transactions). This new standard simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models. The ASU will be effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The potential impact the adoption of this guidance will have to the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in under review.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-01 “Income Statement: Extraordinary and Unusual Items.” This ASU eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items. Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 225-20 required that an entity separately classify, present, and disclose extraordinary events and transactions that were unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence. This ASU is effective for the Company, beginning on January 1, 2016. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.


10

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 2 - SECURITIES
The following table provides the major components of securities at amortized cost and fair value:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale
 
 
 
 
 




U.S. Treasury

$15


$—


$—


$15

 

$15


$—


$—


$15

State and political subdivisions
10



10

 
10



10

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
17,999

382

(25
)
18,356

 
17,683

301

(50
)
17,934

Other/non-agency
667

4

(31
)
640

 
703

4

(35
)
672

Total mortgage-backed securities
18,666

386

(56
)
18,996

 
18,386

305

(85
)
18,606

Total debt securities available for sale
18,691

386

(56
)
19,021

 
18,411

305

(85
)
18,631

Marketable equity securities
7

1


8

 
10

3


13

Other equity securities
12



12

 
12



12

Total equity securities available for sale
19

1


20

 
22

3


25

Total securities available for sale

$18,710


$387


($56
)

$19,041

 

$18,433


$308


($85
)

$18,656

Securities Held to Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities

$3,799


$52


($4
)

$3,847

 

$3,728


$22


($31
)

$3,719

Other/non-agency
1,379

55


1,434

 
1,420

54


1,474

Total securities held to maturity

$5,178


$107


($4
)

$5,281

 

$5,148


$76


($31
)

$5,193

Other Investment Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Reserve Bank stock

$468


$—


$—


$468

 

$477


$—


$—


$477

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
393



393

 
390



390

Venture capital and other investments
6



6

 
5



5

Total other investment securities

$867


$—


$—


$867

 

$872


$—


$—


$872


The following tables summarize those securities whose fair values are below carrying values, segregated by those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer:
 
March 31, 2015
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
(dollars in millions)
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
State and political subdivisions
1


$10


$—

 


$—


$—

 
1


$10


$—

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
14

561

(2
)
 
40

1,292

(27
)
 
54

1,853

(29
)
Other/non-agency
6

75

(2
)
 
17

385

(29
)
 
23

460

(31
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
20

636

(4
)
 
57

1,677

(56
)
 
77

2,313

(60
)
Total
21


$646


($4
)
 
57


$1,677


($56
)
 
78


$2,323


($60
)


11

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 
December 31, 2014
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
(dollars in millions)
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
 
Number of Issues
Fair Value
Gross Unrealized Losses
State and political subdivisions


$—


$—

 
1


$10


$—

 
1


$10


$—

Mortgage-backed securities:






 






 






Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
75

3,282

(24
)
 
52

1,766

(57
)
 
127

5,048

(81
)
Other/non-agency
6

80

(2
)
 
17

397

(33
)
 
23

477

(35
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
81

3,362

(26
)
 
69

2,163

(90
)
 
150

5,525

(116
)
Total
81


$3,362


($26
)
 
70


$2,173


($90
)
 
151


$5,535


($116
)

For each debt security identified with an unrealized loss, the Company reviews the expected cash flows to determine if the impairment in value is temporary or other-than-temporary. If the Company has determined that the present value of the debt security’s expected cash flows is less than its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment is deemed to have occurred. The amount of impairment loss that is recognized in current period earnings is dependent on the Company’s intent to sell (or not sell) the debt security.

If the Company intends to sell the impaired debt security, the impairment loss recognized in current period earnings equals the difference between the debt security’s fair value and its amortized cost. If the Company does not intend to sell the impaired debt security, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the impaired security, the credit-related impairment loss is recognized in current period earnings and equals the difference between the amortized cost of the debt security and the present value of the expected cash flows that have currently been projected.

In addition to these cash flow projections, several other characteristics of each debt security are reviewed when determining whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the debt security is expected to recover. These characteristics include: (1) the type of investment, (2) various market factors affecting the fair value of the security (e.g., interest rates, spread levels, liquidity in the sector, etc.), (3) the length and severity of impairment, and (4) the public credit rating of the instrument.

The Company estimates the portion of loss attributable to credit using a cash flow model. The inputs to this model include prepayment, default and loss severity assumptions that are based on industry research and observed data. The loss projections generated by the model are reviewed on a quarterly basis by a cross-functional governance committee. This governance committee determines whether security impairments are other-than-temporary based on this review.

The following table presents the cumulative credit related losses recognized in earnings on debt securities held by the Company:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Cumulative balance at beginning of period

$62

 

$56

Credit impairments recognized in earnings on securities that have been previously impaired
1

 
4

Reductions due to increases in cash flow expectations on impaired securities
(1
)
 
(1
)
Cumulative balance at end of period

$62

 

$59


Cumulative credit losses recognized in earnings for impaired AFS debt securities held as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 were $62 million and $59 million , respectively. There were no credit losses recognized in earnings for the Company’s HTM portfolio as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 . In the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Company recognized credit related other-than-temporary impairment losses in earnings of $1 million and $4 million , respectively, related to non-agency MBS in the AFS portfolio. There were no impaired debt securities sold during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 . Reductions in credit losses due to increases in cash flow expectations were $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , and were presented in investment securities interest income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company

12

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


does not currently have the intent to sell these debt securities, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities prior to the recovery of their amortized cost bases.

The Company has determined that credit losses are not expected to be incurred on the remaining agency and non-agency MBS identified with unrealized losses as of the current reporting date. The unrealized losses on these debt securities reflect the reduced liquidity in the MBS market and the increased risk spreads due to the uncertainty of the U.S. macroeconomic environment. Therefore, the Company has determined that these debt securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired because the Company does not currently have the intent to sell these debt securities, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities prior to the recovery of their amortized cost bases. Any subsequent increases in the valuation of impaired debt securities do not impact their recorded cost bases. As of March 31, 2015 and 2014 , $30 million of pre-tax non-credit related losses were deferred in OCI.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at March 31, 2015 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
Distribution of Maturities
(in millions)
1 Year or Less
1-5 Years
5-10 Years
After 10 Years
Total

Amortized Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury

$15


$—


$—


$—


$15

State and political subdivisions



10

10

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
2

53

2,196

15,748

17,999

Other/non-agency

54

44

569

667

Total debt securities available for sale
17

107

2,240

16,327

18,691

Debt securities held to maturity
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities



3,799

3,799

Other/non-agency



1,379

1,379

Total debt securities held to maturity



5,178

5,178

Total amortized cost of debt securities

$17


$107


$2,240


$21,505


$23,869

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value:
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities available for sale
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury

$15


$—


$—


$—


$15

State and political subdivisions



10

10

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
2

56

2,226

16,072

18,356

Other/non-agency

54

45

541

640

Total debt securities available for sale
17

110

2,271

16,623

19,021

Debt securities held to maturity
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities



3,847

3,847

Other/non-agency



1,434

1,434

Total debt securities held to maturity



5,281

5,281

Total fair value of debt securities

$17


$110


$2,271


$21,904


$24,302



13

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table reports the amounts recognized in interest income from investment securities on the Consolidated Statement of Operations:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Taxable

$159

 

$149

Non-taxable

 

Total interest income from investment securities

$159

 

$149


Realized gains and losses on AFS securities are shown below:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Gains on sale of debt securities

$12

 

$25

Losses on sale of debt securities
(4
)
 

Debt securities gains, net

$8

 

$25

Equity securities gains

$2

 

$—


The amortized cost and fair value of securities pledged are shown below:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Amortized Cost
Fair Value

 
Amortized Cost
Fair Value

Pledged against repurchase agreements

$4,334


$4,423

 

$3,650


$3,701

Pledged against FHLB borrowed funds
1,315

1,367

 
1,355

1,407

Pledged against derivatives, to qualify for fiduciary powers, and to secure public and other deposits as required by law
3,657

3,745

 
3,453

3,520


There were no loan securitizations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 .

The Company regularly enters into security repurchase agreements with unrelated counterparties. Repurchase agreements are financial transactions that involve the transfer of a security from one party to another and a subsequent transfer of the same (or “substantially the same”) security back to the original party. The Company’s repurchase agreements are typically short-term transactions, but they may be extended to longer terms to maturity. Such transactions are accounted for as secured borrowed funds on the Company’s financial statements. When permitted by GAAP, the Company offsets the short-term receivables associated with its reverse repurchase agreements with the short-term payables associated with its repurchase agreements.

The effects of this offsetting on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are presented in the following table:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Gross Assets (Liabilities)
Gross Assets (Liabilities) Offset
Net Amounts of Assets (Liabilities)
 
Gross Assets (Liabilities)
Gross Assets (Liabilities) Offset
Net Amounts of Assets (Liabilities)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

($3,400
)

$—


($3,400
)
 

($2,600
)

$—


($2,600
)

Note: The Company also offsets certain derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For further information see Note 12 “Derivatives.”


14

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Securities under the agreements to repurchase or resell are accounted for as secured borrowings. The following table presents the Company's related activity, by collateral type and remaining contractual maturity, at March 31, 2015 :
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in millions)
Overnight and Continuous
Up to 30 Days
30-90 Days
Greater Than 90 Days
Total

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities - Agency

$—


($350
)

($1,000
)

($2,050
)

($3,400
)

For these securities sold under the agreements to repurchase, the Company would be obligated to provide additional collateral in the event of a significant decline in fair value of the collateral pledged. The Company manages the risk by monitoring the liquidity and credit quality of the collateral, as well as the maturity profile of the transactions.
 
NOTE 3 - LOANS AND LEASES
A summary of the loans and leases portfolio follows:
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Commercial

$32,249

 

$31,431

Commercial real estate
7,863

 
7,809

Leases
3,870

 
3,986

Total commercial
43,982

 
43,226

Residential mortgages
11,808

 
11,832

Home equity loans
3,212

 
3,424

Home equity lines of credit
15,127

 
15,423

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,192

 
1,228

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
544

 
550

Automobile
13,179

 
12,706

Student
2,852

 
2,256

Credit cards
1,588

 
1,693

Other retail
1,010

 
1,072

Total retail
50,512

 
50,184

Total loans and leases (2) (3)

$94,494

 

$93,410


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2)  Excluded from the table above are loans held for sale totaling $376 million as of March 31, 2015 and $281 million as of December 31, 2014 .
(3) Mortgage loans serviced for others by the Company’s subsidiaries are not included above, and amounted to $18.0 billion and $17.9 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.

Loans held for sale totaled $322 million and $256 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively, and consisted of residential mortgages originated for sale and the commercial trading portfolio. Other loans held for sale totaled $54 million and $25 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively, and consisted of commercial loan syndications and a credit card portfolio transferred to held for sale. In March 2015, the Company transferred $41 million to loans held for sale associated with a terminated agent credit card services agreement consisting of $43 million of outstanding credit card balances and a $2 million valuation allowance. The terms of the agreement provided the agent the option, after a designated period of time, to purchase the credit card relationships covered under the agreement from Citizens or cause another financial institution to purchase the interests in these credit card relationships. The transaction is expected to close in mid-2015.

Loans pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowed funds totaled $22.8 billion and $22.0 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. This collateral consists primarily of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Loans pledged as collateral to support the contingent ability to borrow at the FRB discount window, if necessary, totaled $13.0 billion and $11.8 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.


15

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


During the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the Company purchased a portfolio of residential mortgages with an outstanding principal balance of $249 million , a portfolio of automobile loans with an outstanding principal balance of $393 million , and a portfolio of student loans with an outstanding principal balance of $261 million . The Company sold a portfolio of residential mortgages with an outstanding principal balance of $273 million as well as commercial leases with an outstanding principal balance of $111 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 .

In March 2014, the Company purchased a portfolio of residential mortgages with an outstanding principal balance of $483 million , a portfolio of automobile loans with an outstanding principal balance of $202 million and a portfolio of student loans with an outstanding principal balance of $40 million . The Company also sold a portfolio of residential mortgage loans with outstanding balances of $126 million in March 2014.

NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, NONPERFORMING ASSETS, AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The ALLL is increased through a provision for credit losses that is charged to earnings, based on the Company’s quarterly evaluation of the loan portfolio, and is reduced by net charge-offs and the ALLL associated with sold loans. See Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, for a detailed discussion of ALLL methodologies and estimation techniques.
On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews and refines its estimate of the allowance for credit losses, taking into consideration changes in portfolio size and composition, historical loss experience, internal risk ratings, current economic conditions, industry performance trends and other pertinent information.
There were no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques compared with prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period’s ALLL and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
The following is a summary of changes in the allowance for credit losses:

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of January 1, 2015

$544


$651


$1,195

Charge-offs
(6
)
(109
)
(115
)
Recoveries
28

33

61

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
22

(76
)
(54
)
Sales/Other

(2
)
(2
)
Provision charged to income
12

51

63

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of March 31, 2015
578

624

1,202

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of January 1, 2015
61


61

Credit for unfunded lending commitments
(5
)

(5
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of March 31, 2015
56


56

Total allowance for credit losses as of March 31, 2015

$634


$624


$1,258

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of January 1, 2014

$498


$723


$1,221

Charge-offs
(6
)
(122
)
(128
)
Recoveries
14

27

41

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
8

(95
)
(87
)
Provision charged to income
21

104

125

Allowance for loan and lease losses as of March 31, 2014
527

732

1,259

Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of January 1, 2014
39


39

Credit for unfunded lending commitments
(4
)

(4
)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments as of March 31, 2014
35


35

Total allowance for credit losses as of March 31, 2014

$562


$732


$1,294


16

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




The recorded investment in loans and leases based on the Company’s evaluation methodology is as follows:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

 
Commercial

Retail

Total

Individually evaluated

$194


$1,202


$1,396

 

$205


$1,208


$1,413

Formula-based evaluation
43,788

49,310

93,098

 
43,021

48,976

91,997

Total

$43,982


$50,512


$94,494

 

$43,226


$50,184


$93,410


The following is a summary of the allowance for credit losses by evaluation method:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Commercial

Retail

Total

 
Commercial

Retail

Total

Individually evaluated

$35


$107


$142

 

$20


$109


$129

Formula-based evaluation
599

517

1,116

 
585

542

1,127

Allowance for credit losses

$634


$624


$1,258

 

$605


$651


$1,256


For commercial loans and leases, the Company utilizes regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. Loans with a “pass” rating are those that the Company believes will be fully repaid in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Commercial loans and leases that are “criticized” are those that have some weakness that indicates an increased probability of future loss. For retail loans, the Company primarily uses the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality. The further a loan is past due, the greater the likelihood of future credit loss. These credit quality indicators for both commercial and retail loans are continually updated and monitored.
The recorded investment in classes of commercial loans and leases based on regulatory classification ratings is as follows:
 
March 31, 2015
 
 
Criticized
 
(in millions)
Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial

$30,623


$903


$626


$97


$32,249

Commercial real estate
7,547

198

52

66

7,863

Leases
3,813

6

51


3,870

Total

$41,983


$1,107


$729


$163


$43,982


 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Criticized
 
(in millions)
Pass

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial

$30,022


$876


$427


$106


$31,431

Commercial real estate
7,354

329

61

65

7,809

Leases
3,924

12

50


3,986

Total

$41,300


$1,217


$538


$171


$43,226



17

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The recorded investment in classes of retail loans, categorized by delinquency status is as follows:
 
March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Current

1-29 Days Past Due
30-89 Days Past Due
90 Days or More Past Due
Total

Residential mortgages

$11,373


$80


$97


$258


$11,808

Home equity loans
2,817

193

57

145

3,212

Home equity lines of credit
14,471

386

77

193

15,127

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,082

67

22

21

1,192

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
455

59

11

19

544

Automobile
12,378

695

85

21

13,179

Student
2,725

70

27

30

2,852

Credit cards
1,517

37

18

16

1,588

Other retail
929

61

15

5

1,010

Total

$47,747


$1,648


$409


$708


$50,512

(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.

 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Current

1-29 Days Past Due
30-89 Days Past Due
90 Days or More Past Due
Total

Residential mortgages

$11,352


$114


$97


$269


$11,832

Home equity loans
2,997

222

60

145

3,424

Home equity lines of credit
14,705

447

73

198

15,423

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,101

78

26

23

1,228

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
455

66

10

19

550

Automobile
11,839

758

93

16

12,706

Student
2,106

108

25

17

2,256

Credit cards
1,615

39

22

17

1,693

Other retail
985

65

18

4

1,072

Total

$47,155


$1,897


$424


$708


$50,184


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


18

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Nonperforming Assets
A summary of nonperforming loans and leases by class is as follows:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Nonaccruing
Accruing and 90 Days or More Delinquent
Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases
 
Nonaccruing
Accruing and 90 Days or More Delinquent
Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases
Commercial

$94


$3


$97

 

$113


$1


$114

Commercial real estate
60


60

 
50


50

Leases
1


1

 



Total commercial
155

3

158

 
163

1

164

Residential mortgages
347


347

 
345


345

Home equity loans
210


210

 
203


203

Home equity lines of credit
270


270

 
257


257

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
44


44

 
47


47

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
25


25

 
25


25

Automobile
30


30

 
21


21

Student
26

4

30

 
11

6

17

Credit cards
16


16

 
16

1

17

Other retail
4

2

6

 
5


5

Total retail
972

6

978

 
930

7

937

Total

$1,127


$9


$1,136

 

$1,093


$8


$1,101


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.

The recorded investment in mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process was $232 million as of March 31, 2015 .

A summary of other nonperforming assets is as follows:
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Nonperforming assets, net of valuation allowance:
 
 
 
Commercial

$1

 

$3

Retail
37

 
39

Nonperforming assets, net of valuation allowance

$38

 

$42


Nonperforming assets consist primarily of other real estate owned and are presented in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.


19

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


A summary of key performance indicators is as follows:

March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Nonperforming commercial loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases
0.17
%
 
0.18
%
Nonperforming retail loans as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.03

 
1.00

Total nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.20
%
 
1.18
%
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming commercial assets as a percentage of total assets
0.12
%
 
0.13
%
Nonperforming retail assets as a percentage of total assets
0.74

 
0.73

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
0.86
%
 
0.86
%

The following is an analysis of the age of the past due amounts (accruing and nonaccruing):
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
 30-89 Days Past Due
 90 Days or More Past Due
 Total Past Due
 
 30-89 Days Past Due
 90 Days or More Past Due
 Total Past Due
Commercial

$42


$97


$139

 

$57


$114


$171

Commercial real estate
19

60

79

 
26

50

76

Leases
9

1

10

 
3


3

Total commercial
70

158

228

 
86

164

250

Residential mortgages
97

258

355

 
97

269

366

Home equity loans
57

145

202

 
60

145

205

Home equity lines of credit
77

193

270

 
73

198

271

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
22

21

43

 
26

23

49

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
11

19

30

 
10

19

29

Automobile
85

21

106

 
93

16

109

Student
27

30

57

 
25

17

42

Credit cards
18

16

34

 
22

17

39

Other retail
15

5

20

 
18

4

22

Total retail
409

708

1,117

 
424

708

1,132

Total

$479


$866


$1,345

 

$510


$872


$1,382


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


20

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Impaired loans include: (1) nonaccruing larger balance commercial loans (greater than $3 million carrying value); and (2) commercial and retail TDRs. The following is a summary of impaired loan information by class:

March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Impaired Loans With a Related Allowance
Allowance on Impaired Loans
Impaired Loans Without a Related Allowance
Unpaid Contractual Balance
Total Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
Commercial

$97


$30


$41


$163


$138

Commercial real estate
20

5

36

64

56

Total commercial
117

35

77

227

194

Residential mortgages
129

17

316

605

445

Home equity loans
100

11

173

337

273

Home equity lines of credit
27

2

130

191

157

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
59

9

29

100

88

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
4

1

7

14

11

Automobile
2


10

18

12

Student
165

49

1

166

166

Credit cards
31

13


31

31

Other retail
16

5

3

22

19

Total retail
533

107

669

1,484

1,202

Total

$650


$142


$746


$1,711


$1,396


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.

 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Impaired Loans With a Related Allowance
Allowance on Impaired Loans
Impaired Loans Without a Related Allowance
Unpaid Contractual Balance
Total Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
Commercial

$124


$19


$36


$178


$160

Commercial real estate
7

1

38

62

45

Total commercial
131

20

74

240

205

Residential mortgages
157

18

288

605

445

Home equity loans
129

11

141

335

270

Home equity lines of credit
75

3

86

193

161

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
75

9

16

102

91

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
4

1

7

14

11

Automobile
2

1

9

16

11

Student
167

48


167

167

Credit cards
32

13


32

32

Other retail
17

5

3

23

20

Total retail
658

109

550

1,487

1,208

Total

$789


$129


$624


$1,727


$1,413


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


21

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Additional information on impaired loans is as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
(in millions)
Interest Income Recognized
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
Average Recorded Investment
Commercial

$1


$142

 

$—


$102

Commercial real estate

51

 
1

117

Total commercial
1

193

 
1

219

Residential mortgages
4

441

 
3

442

Home equity loans
2

268

 
2

248

Home equity lines of credit
1

156

 
1

159

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1

88

 
1

101

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)

11

 

11

Automobile

11

 

9

Student
2

164

 
2

158

Credit cards
1

30

 
1

39

Other retail

19

 

23

Total retail
11

1,188

 
10

1,190

Total

$12


$1,381

 

$11


$1,409


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.


Troubled Debt Restructurings
A loan modification is identified as a TDR when the Company or a bankruptcy court grants the borrower a concession the Company would not otherwise make in response to the borrower’s financial difficulties. TDRs typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship. The Company’s loan modifications are handled on a case-by-case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet the borrower’s financial needs. Concessions granted in TDRs for all classes of loans may include lowering the interest rate, forgiving a portion of principal, extending the loan term, lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, or capitalizing past due amounts. A rate increase can be a concession if the increased rate is lower than a market rate for debt with risk similar to that of the restructured loan. TDRs for commercial loans and leases may also involve creating a multiple note structure, accepting non-cash assets, accepting an equity interest, or receiving a performance-based fee. In some cases a TDR may involve multiple concessions. The financial effects of TDRs for all loan classes may include lower income (either due to a lower interest rate or a delay in the timing of cash flows), larger loan loss provisions, and accelerated charge-offs if the modification renders the loan collateral-dependent. In some cases interest income throughout the term of the loan may increase if, for example, the loan is extended or the interest rate is increased as a result of the restructuring.
Because TDRs are impaired loans, the Company measures impairment by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows, or when appropriate, the fair value of collateral, to the loan’s recorded investment. Any excess of recorded investment over the present value of expected future cash flows or collateral value is recognized by creating a valuation allowance or increasing an existing valuation allowance. Any portion of the loan’s recorded investment the Company does not expect to collect as a result of the modification is charged off at the time of modification.
Commercial TDRs were $147 million and $176 million on March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Retail TDRs totaled $1.2 billion on March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 . Commitments to lend additional funds to debtors owing receivables which were TDRs were $34 million and $53 million on March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.


22

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes how loans were modified during the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the charge-offs related to the modifications, and the impact on the ALLL. The reported balances include loans that became TDRs during 2015 , and were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to March 31, 2015 .
 
Primary Modification Types
 
Interest Rate Reduction (1)
 
Maturity Extension (2)
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial
6


$1


$1

 
28


$10


$10

Commercial real estate
1



 



Total commercial
7

1

1

 
28

10

10

Residential mortgages
33

6

6

 
10

2

2

Home equity loans
21

1

1

 
37

5

5

Home equity lines of credit



 
3



Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
17

1

1

 



Automobile
20

1

1

 
1



Credit cards
604

3

3

 



Total retail
695

12

12

 
51

7

7

Total
702


$13


$13

 
79


$17


$17


 
Primary Modification Types
 
 
 
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Net Change to ALLL Resulting from Modification
Charge-offs Resulting from Modification
Commercial
1


$2


$2

 

($1
)

$—

Commercial real estate
1

4

4

 


Total commercial
2

6

6

 
(1
)

Residential mortgages
64

6

6

 
(1
)

Home equity loans
197

10

10

 


Home equity lines of credit
135

8

7

 

1

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
46

2

2

 

1

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
7



 


Automobile
297

5

4

 

1

Student
381

8

7

 
2


Other retail
11



 


Total retail
1,138

39

36

 
1

3

Total
1,140


$45


$42

 

$—


$3


(1) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
(2) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
(3) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(4) Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, capitalizing arrearages, and principal forgiveness. Also included are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post-modification balances being higher than pre-modification.

23

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes how loans were modified during the three months ended March 31, 2014 , the charge-offs related to the modifications, and the impact on the ALLL. The reported balances include loans that became TDRs during 2014 , and were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to March 31, 2014 .
 
Primary Modification Types
 
Interest Rate Reduction (1)
 
Maturity Extension (2)
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Commercial
7


$1


$1

 
13


$1


$1

Commercial real estate
1



 



Total commercial
8

1

1

 
13

1

1

Residential mortgages
42

6

6

 
12

2

1

Home equity loans
31

2

2

 
58

3

3

Home equity lines of credit
1



 
70

4

4

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
14

1

1

 



Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
2



 



Automobile
22



 



Credit cards
577

3

3

 



Other retail
2



 



Total retail
691

12

12

 
140

9

8

Total
699


$13


$13

 
153


$10


$9


 
Primary Modification Types
 
 
 
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
 
Net Change to ALLL Resulting from Modification
Charge-offs Resulting from Modification
Commercial
1


$—


$—

 

($1
)

$—

Total commercial
1



 
(1
)

Residential mortgages
132

15

14

 
(1
)

Home equity loans
210

14

14

 


Home equity lines of credit
81

6

5

 

2

Home equity loans serviced by others (3)
46

3

2

 


Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (3)
13



 


Automobile
145

2

2

 

1

Student
457

8

8

 


Other retail
9



 


Total retail
1,093

48

45

 
(1
)
3

Total
1,094


$48


$45

 

($2
)

$3


(1) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is an interest rate reduction.
(2) Includes modifications that consist of multiple concessions, one of which is a maturity extension (unless one of the other concessions was an interest rate reduction).
(3) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
(4) Includes modifications other than interest rate reductions or maturity extensions, such as lowering scheduled payments for a specified period of time, principal forbearance, capitalizing arrearages, and principal forgiveness. Also included are the following: deferrals, trial modifications, certain bankruptcies, loans in forbearance and prepayment plans. Modifications can include the deferral of accrued interest resulting in post modification balances being higher than pre-modification.


24

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The table below summarizes TDRs that defaulted during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 within 12 months of their modification date. For purposes of this table, a payment default is defined as being past due 90 days or more under the modified terms. Amounts represent the loan’s recorded investment at the time of payment default. Loan data includes loans meeting the criteria that were paid off in full, charged off, or sold prior to March 31, 2015 and 2014 . If a TDR of any loan type becomes 90 days past due after being modified, the loan is written down to the fair value of collateral less cost to sell. The amount written off is charged to the ALLL.
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
(dollars in millions)
Number of Contracts
Balance Defaulted
 
Number of Contracts
Balance Defaulted
Commercial
6


$—

 
11


$1

Commercial real estate


 
1

1

Total commercial
6


 
12

2

Residential mortgages
49

7

 
40

4

Home equity loans
51

3

 
84

6

Home equity lines of credit
40

2

 
90

4

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
16


 
16


Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
1


 
9


Automobile
23


 
32


Student
65

2

 
97

2

Credit cards
102

1

 
166

1

Other retail
2


 
6


Total retail
349

15

 
540

17

Total
355


$15

 
552


$19


(1) The Company’s SBO portfolio consists of loans that were originally serviced by others. The Company now services a portion of this portfolio internally.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions. Generally, loans are collateralized by assets including real estate, inventory, accounts receivable, other personal property and investment securities. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , the Company had a significant amount of loans collateralized by residential and commercial real estate. There are no significant concentrations in particular industries within the commercial loan portfolio, and the retail loan portfolio is diversified by product. Exposure to credit losses arising from lending transactions may fluctuate with fair values of collateral supporting loans, which may not perform according to contractual agreements. The Company’s policy is to collateralize loans to the extent necessary; however, unsecured loans are also granted on the basis of the financial strength of the applicant and the facts surrounding the transaction.
Certain loan products, including residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, and credit cards, have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Company in the event of an increase in interest rates or a decline in housing values. These products include loans that exceed 90% of the value of the underlying collateral (high LTV loans), interest-only and negative amortization residential mortgages, and loans with low introductory rates. Certain loans have more than one of these characteristics.

25

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents balances of loans with these characteristics:
 
March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Residential Mortgages

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit
Home Equity Products serviced by others
Credit Cards

Total

High loan-to-value

$697


$1,429


$1,042


$—


$3,168

Interest only/negative amortization
937




937

Low introductory rate



87

87

Multiple characteristics and other
21




21

Total

$1,655


$1,429


$1,042


$87


$4,213

 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Residential Mortgages

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit
Home Equity Products serviced by others
Credit Cards

Total

High loan-to-value

$773


$1,743


$1,025


$—


$3,541

Interest only/negative amortization
894




894

Low introductory rate



98

98

Multiple characteristics and other
24




24

Total

$1,691


$1,743


$1,025


$98


$4,557


NOTE 5 - VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Low Income Housing Tax Credit Partnerships

The Company makes equity investments in various limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing the LIHTC pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purpose of these investments is to assist in achieving goals of the Community Reinvestment Act and to earn an adequate return of capital. Each LIHTC partnership is managed by a general partner who exercises full and exclusive control over the affairs of the limited partnership, including: selecting and investing in specific properties, company expenditures and use of working capital funds, borrowing funds, disposition of fund property, contract authority, employment of agents, and litigation resolution. The limited partner(s) may not participate in the management, control, conduct or operation of the limited partnership’s business and the general partner may only be removed by the limited partner(s) if the general partner fails to comply with the terms of the partnership agreement or is negligent in performing its duties. In addition, Citizens, as a limited partner, is only liable for capital contributions up to a maximum amount specified in the investment agreement. For all of these reasons, the Company believes that the general partner of each limited partnership has the power to direct the activities which most significantly affect the performance of each partnership and that the Company is therefore not the primary beneficiary of any LIHTC partnership. Accordingly, the Company does not consolidate any of its LIHTC partnership investments.

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company adopted ASU 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects” and uses the proportional amortization method to account for all of its investments in its LIHTC partnership investments. The adoption of ASU 2014-01 under the retrospective method would have had an immaterial effect on the Company’s financial statements; therefore, the Company applied ASU 2014-01 prospectively. Under the proportional amortization method, the Company recognizes the net investment performance in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of income tax expense. LIHTC investment balances are reported in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, with unfunded commitments reported in other liabilities.

At March 31, 2015 , the Company’s balance of LIHTC investments was $469 million (consisting of a gross investment balance of $481 million less amortization of $12 million ), with unfunded commitments totaling $319 million . For the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the Company recognized $12 million of amortization expense, $11 million of tax credits and $4 million of other tax benefits associated with these investments in the provision for income taxes. No LIHTC investment impairment losses were recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2015 .


26

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 6 - GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of fair value of purchased assets over the purchase price. Since 1988, the Company has completed more than 25 acquisitions of banks or assets of banks. The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 were:

(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Total

Balance at December 31, 2013

$2,136

 

$4,740

 

$6,876

Adjustments

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

$2,136

 

$4,740

 

$6,876

Balance at December 31, 2014

$2,136

 

$4,740

 

$6,876

Adjustments

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

$2,136

 

$4,740

 

$6,876


Accumulated impairment losses related to the Consumer Banking reporting unit totaled $5.9 billion at March 31, 2015 and 2014 . The accumulated impairment losses related to the Commercial Banking reporting unit totaled $50 million at March 31, 2015 and 2014 .

The Company performs an annual test for impairment of goodwill at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit. The Company has identified and allocated goodwill to two reporting units — Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking — based upon reviews of the structure of the Company’s executive team and supporting functions, resource allocations and financial reporting processes. No impairment was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2015 or the year ended December 31, 2014 .

NOTE 7 - MORTGAGE BANKING
In its mortgage banking business, the Company sells residential mortgages to government-sponsored entities and other parties, who may issue securities backed by pools of such loans. The Company retains no beneficial interests in these sales, but may retain the servicing rights of the loans sold. The Company is obligated to subsequently repurchase a loan if the purchaser discovers a standard representation or warranty violation such as noncompliance with eligibility requirements, customer fraud, or servicing violations. This primarily occurs during a loan file review.
The Company received $747 million and $352 million of proceeds from the sale of residential mortgages for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and recognized gains on such sales of $21 million and $8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Pursuant to the standard representations and warranties obligations discussed in the preceding paragraph, the Company repurchased residential mortgages loans totaling $4 million and $10 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Mortgage servicing fees, a component of mortgage banking income, were $14 million and $16 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The Company recorded valuation recoveries of $1 million and $4 million for its MSRs for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

27

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Changes related to MSRs were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

MSRs:
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1

$184

 

$208

Amount capitalized
6

 
4

Amortization
(10
)
 
(11
)
Carrying amount before valuation allowance
180

 
201

Valuation allowance for servicing assets:
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1
18

 
23

Valuation recovery
(1
)
 
(4
)
Balance at end of period
17

 
19

Net carrying value of MSRs

$163

 

$182


MSRs are presented in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The fair value of MSRs is estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, contractual servicing fee income, servicing costs, default rates, ancillary income, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The valuation model uses a static discounted cash flow methodology incorporating current market interest rates. A static model does not attempt to forecast or predict the future direction of interest rates; rather it estimates the amount and timing of future servicing cash flows using current market interest rates. The current mortgage interest rate influences the expected prepayment rate and therefore, the length of the cash flows associated with the servicing asset, while the discount rate determines the present value of those cash flows. Expected mortgage loan prepayment assumptions are obtained using the QRM Multi Component prepayment model. The Company periodically obtains third-party valuations of its MSRs to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the valuation model.
The key economic assumptions used to estimate the value of MSRs are presented in the following table:

(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Fair value
$176
 
$179
Weighted average life (in years)
5.1
 
5.2
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
 12.8%
 
 12.4%
Weighted average discount rate
   9.8%
 
   9.8%

The key economic assumptions used in estimating the fair value of MSRs capitalized during the period were as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2015
 
2014
Weighted average life (in years)
4.7
 
5.2
Weighted average constant prepayment rate
12.2
%
 
12.1
%
Weighted average discount rate
9.6
%
 
10.4
%


28

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The sensitivity analysis below as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 presents the impact to current fair value of an immediate 50 basis points and 100 basis points adverse change in the key economic assumptions and presents the decline in fair value that would occur if the adverse change were realized. These sensitivities are hypothetical. The effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (e.g., changes in interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment speeds, could result in changes in the discount rates), which might amplify or counteract the sensitivities. The primary risk inherent in the Company’s MSRs is an increase in prepayments of the underlying mortgage loans serviced, which is dependent upon market movements of interest rates.
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Prepayment rate:
 
 
 
Decline in fair value from 50 basis points adverse change in interest rates

$6

 

$9

Decline in fair value from 100 basis points adverse change in interest rates

$12

 

$15

Weighted average discount rate:
 
 
 
Decline in fair value from 50 basis points adverse change

$3

 

$3

Decline in fair value from 100 basis points adverse change

$6

 

$6


NOTE 8 - BORROWED FUNDS

The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term borrowed funds:
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Federal funds purchased

$—

 

$574

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
4,421

 
3,702

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
7,004

 
6,253

Total short-term borrowed funds

$11,425

 

$10,529


Key data related to short-term borrowed funds is presented in the following table:

(dollars in millions)
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
 
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Weighted-average interest rate at period-end:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.22
%
 
0.14
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.26

 
0.26

Maximum amount outstanding at month-end during the period:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$5,375

 

$7,022

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
7,004

 
7,702

Average amount outstanding during the period:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$4,607

 

$5,699

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
6,969

 
5,640

Weighted-average interest rate during the period:
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.18
%
 
0.12
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.26

 
0.25



29

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following is a summary of the Company’s long-term borrowed funds:
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
4.150% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2022

$350

 

$350

5.158% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debt, (LIBOR + 3.56%) callable, due 2023 (1)
333

 
333

4.771% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2023 (1)
333

 
333

4.691% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)
334

 
334

4.153% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)
333

 
333

4.023% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)
333

 
333

4.082% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (1)
334

 
334

Banking Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
1.600% senior unsecured notes, due 2017 (2)
750

 
750

2.450% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (2) (3)
755

 
746

Federal Home Loan advances due through 2033
20

 
772

Other
29

 
24

Total long-term borrowed funds

$3,904

 

$4,642


(1) Intercompany borrowed funds with RBS. See Note 14 “Related Party Transactions” for further information.
(2) These securities were offered under CBNA’s Global Bank Note Program dated December 1, 2014.
(3) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes presented net of $5 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps. See Note 12 “Derivatives” for further information.

Advances, lines of credit, and letters of credit from the FHLB are collateralized by pledged mortgages and pledged securities at least sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level established by the FHLB. The utilized borrowing capacity for FHLB advances and letters of credit was $11.3 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 . The Company’s available FHLB borrowing capacity was $3.9 billion and $3.5 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. The Company can also borrow from the FRB discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. Collateral, such as investment securities and loans, is pledged to provide borrowing capacity at the FRB. At March 31, 2015 , the Company’s unused secured borrowing capacity was approximately $25.9 billion , which includes unencumbered securities, FHLB borrowing capacity, and FRB discount window capacity.

The following is a summary of maturities for the Company’s long-term borrowed funds at March 31, 2015 :
Year
(in millions)

2015 or on demand

$—

2016
3

2017
761

2018
10

2019
756

2020 and thereafter
2,374

Total

$3,904


NOTE 9 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock
As of March 31, 2015 , the Company had 100,000,000 authorized shares of $25.00 par value undesignated preferred stock. The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof are authorized to provide for the issuance of these shares in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

30

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


There were no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014 ; however, on April 6, 2015, the Company issued $250 million , or 250,000 shares, 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Preferred Stock”) to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Preferred Stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative, semi-annual basis, beginning on April 6, 2015, at an annual rate equal to 5.500% to, but excluding, April 6, 2020, after which time it converts to a quarterly floating-rate basis equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.960% . Citizens may redeem the Preferred Stock, subject to regulatory approval, on or after April 6, 2020 or at any time within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event. See Note 23 “Subsequent Events” for further information.
Treasury Stock
During the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the Company recorded 804,507 shares of treasury stock. These shares were withheld from share-based compensation plan activity to satisfy employee tax withholding obligations, for a total cost of $21 million at a weighted-average price per share of $25.38 .

On April 7, 2015, the Company used the net proceeds of the Preferred Stock offering described above to repurchase 10,473,397 shares of its common stock from RBS at a total cost of approximately $250 million and a price per share of $23.87 , which further reduced RBS’ remaining ownership interest to 40.8% . The repurchased shares are held in treasury. Pursuant to the repurchase agreement dated April 1, 2015, the purchase price per share was the volume-weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for all traded volume over the five trading days preceding the repurchase agreement date. See Note 23 “Subsequent Events” for further information.

NOTE 10 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Pension Plans
The Company maintains a non-contributory pension plan (the “Plan” or “qualified plan”) that was closed to new hires and re-hires effective January 1, 2009, and frozen to all participants effective December 31, 2012. Benefits under the Plan are based on employees’ years of service and highest five-year average eligible compensation. The Plan is funded on a current basis, in compliance with the requirements of ERISA. The Company also provides an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement plan (the “non-qualified plan”), which was closed and frozen consistent with the qualified plan.
RBS restructured the administration of employee benefit plans during 2008. As a result, the qualified and non-qualified pension plans of certain RBS subsidiaries referred to as the Company’s “Affiliates” merged with the Company’s pension plans.
In September 2014, in preparation for the IPO, the Company divested portions of the qualified and non-qualified plans to newly established plans sponsored by the Affiliates. Citizens remains the sponsor of the original plans, which provides benefits for its current and former employees. RBS is the plan sponsor of the newly established plans, which provide benefits for current and former employees of the Affiliates. As a result of this divestiture, the Company transferred $129 million of plan assets and $148 million of plan liabilities from the qualified plan to the new plan for Affiliates. The Company also transferred liabilities of $7 million related to the non-qualified plan to the new plan established for Affiliates. The Company made a $1 million cash payment to RBS as a result of divesting the portion of the pension and other benefit plans associated with the Affiliates.
On February 20, 2015, CFG made a contribution of $100 million to the qualified plan.
The following table presents the components of net periodic (income) cost for the Company’s qualified and non-qualified plans:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
Qualified Plan
 
Non-Qualified Plan
 
Total
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

(1)  
2015

 
2014

(1)  
2015

 
2014

(1)  
Service cost

$1

 

$1

 

$—

 

$—

 

$1

 

$1

 
Interest cost
11

 
11

 
1

 
1

 
12

 
12

 
Expected return on plan assets
(18
)
 
(17
)
 

 

 
(18
)
 
(17
)
 
Amortization of actuarial loss
3

 
2

 
1

 

 
4

 
2

 
Net periodic pension (income) cost

($3
)
 

($3
)
 

$2

 

$1

 

($1
)
 

($2
)
 

(1) Results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 included $129 million in qualified plan assets, $148 million in qualified plan liabilities and $7 million in non-qualified plan liabilities transferred to Affiliates on September 1, 2014.


31

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Postretirement Benefits
The Company and Affiliates merged their postretirement plans into a single postretirement plan in 2008 and continue to provide health care insurance benefits for certain retired employees and their spouses. In preparation for the IPO, the Company divested the portion of the postretirement plan associated with the Affiliates in September 2014. As a result, in September 2014, the Company transferred liabilities of approximately $7 million to the Affiliates.
Employees enrolled in medical coverage immediately prior to retirement and meeting eligibility requirements can elect retiree medical coverage. Employees and covered spouses can continue coverage at the full cost, except for a small group described below. However, coverage must be elected at the time of retirement and cannot be elected at a future date. Spouses may be covered only if the spouse is covered at the time of the employee’s retirement.
The Company reviews coverage on an annual basis and reserves the right to modify or cancel coverage at any renewal date. The Company’s cost sharing for certain full-time employees, who were hired prior to August 1, 1993 with 25 years of service who reach retirement age (under age 65) while employed by the Company is 70% ; for those with 15 - 24 years of service, the Company’s share is 50% . Also, the Company shares in the cost for retiree medical benefits for a closed group of grandfathered arrangements from acquisitions. A small, closed group of retirees receive life insurance coverage. Effective July 1, 2014, the Company utilizes a private health care exchange to provide medical and dental benefits to current and future Medicare-eligible plan participants. The Company provides a fixed subsidy to a small, closed group of retirees and spouses based on the subsidy levels prior to July 1, 2014; retirees and spouses pay the cost of benefits in excess of the fixed subsidy.

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES
Income Tax Provision
The provision for income taxes was $106 million and $69 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. This resulted in an effective tax rate of 33.7% and 29.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , the effective tax rate compared favorably to the statutory rate of 35% primarily as a result of the permanent benefits of tax credits and tax-exempt income.
The effective income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2015 reflected the adoption of ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The application of this guidance resulted in the reclassification of the amortization of these investments to income tax expense. See Note 5 “Variable Interest Entities,” for further information.
Deferred Tax Liability
At March 31, 2015 , the Company reported a net deferred tax liability of $586 million , compared to a $493 million liability as of December 31, 2014 . The increase in the net deferred tax liability is primarily attributable to a decrease in the unrealized loss reported on securities AFS, derivative instruments, and hedging activities.


32

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 12 - DERIVATIVES
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of derivative transactions in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company does not use derivatives for speculative purposes.
The Company’s derivative instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Information regarding the valuation methodology and inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments is described in Note 15 “Fair Value Measurements.”
The following table identifies derivative instruments included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in derivative assets and derivative liabilities:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
 
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$7,500


$89


$55

 

$5,750


$24


$99

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
32,632

655

569

 
31,848

589

501

Foreign exchange contracts
8,046

253

247

 
8,359

170

164

Other contracts
1,144

9

9

 
730

7

9

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
917

825

 
 
766

674

Gross derivative fair values
 
1,006

880

 
 
790

773

Less: Gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (2)
 
(264
)
(264
)
 
 
(161
)
(161
)
Total net derivative fair values presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (3)
 

$742


$616

 
 

$629


$612


(1) The notional or contractual amount of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments under the contract are based. For interest rate derivatives, the notional amount is typically not exchanged. Therefore, notional amounts should not be taken as the measure of credit or market risk, as they tend to greatly overstate the true economic risk of these contracts.
(2) Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Company to settle positive and negative positions.
(3) The Company also offsets assets and liabilities associated with repurchase agreements on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 2 “Securities” for further information.

The Company’s derivative transactions are internally divided into three sub-groups: institutional, customer and residential loan.

Institutional derivatives
The institutional derivatives portfolio primarily consists of interest rate swap agreements that are used to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the Company’s loans and financing liabilities (i.e., borrowed funds, deposits, etc.). The goal of the Company’s interest rate hedging activities is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not significantly adversely affect net interest income.
The Company enters into certain interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk associated with floating rate loans. By entering into pay-floating/receive-fixed interest rate swaps, the Company was able to minimize the variability in the cash flows of these assets due to changes in interest rates. The Company has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s borrowed funds and deposits. By entering into a pay-fixed/receive-floating interest rate swap, a portion of these liabilities has been effectively converted to a fixed rate liability for the term of the interest rate swap agreement.
Customer derivatives
The customer derivatives portfolio consists of interest rate swap agreements and option contracts that are transacted to meet the financing needs of the Company’s customers. Offsetting swap and cap agreements are simultaneously transacted to effectively eliminate the Company’s market risk associated with the customer derivative products. The customer derivatives portfolio also includes foreign exchange contracts that are entered into on behalf of customers for the purpose of hedging exposure related to cash orders and loans and deposits denominated in foreign currency. The primary risks associated with these transactions

33

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


arise from exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the ability of the counterparties to meet the terms of the contract. To manage this market risk, the Company simultaneously enters into offsetting foreign exchange contracts.
Residential loan derivatives
The Company enters into residential loan commitments that allow residential mortgage customers to lock in the interest rate on a residential mortgage while the loan undergoes the underwriting process. The Company also uses forward sales contracts to protect the value of residential mortgage loans and loan commitments that are being underwritten for future sale to investors in the secondary market.
The Company has certain derivative transactions that are designated as hedging instruments described as follows:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
The Company’s total institutional hedging portfolio qualifies for hedge accounting. This includes interest rate swaps that are designated in highly effective cash flow hedging relationships. The Company formally documents at inception all hedging relationships, as well as risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various accounting hedges. Additionally, the Company uses dollar offset or regression analysis at the hedge’s inception, and monthly thereafter to assess whether the derivatives are expected to be, or have been, highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged item’s expected cash flows. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it is determined that a derivative is not expected to be or has ceased to be effective as a hedge, and then reflects changes in fair value in earnings after termination of the hedge relationship.
Fair value hedges
The Company has entered into an interest rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on its medium term fixed-rate borrowing. This agreement involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest payments over the life of the agreement. The changes in fair value of the fair value hedges, to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective, are recorded through earnings and offset against changes in the fair value of the hedged item.

The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s fair value hedges:

 
The Effect of Fair Value Hedges on Net Income
 
Amounts Recognized in Other Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Derivative
Hedged Item
Hedge Ineffectiveness
Hedges of interest rate risk on borrowing using interest rate swaps

$9


($9
)

$—

There was no impact on net income for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Cash flow hedges
The Company has outstanding interest rate swap agreements designed to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating rate assets and financing liabilities (including its borrowed funds and deposits). All of these swaps have been deemed as highly effective cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the hedging gains and losses associated with these hedges are recorded in OCI; the ineffective portion of the hedging gains and losses is recorded in earnings (other income). Hedging gains and losses on derivative contracts reclassified from OCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the hedged item is recorded, and in the same period that the hedged item affects earnings. During the next 12 months, approximately $16 million of net loss (pre-tax) on derivative instruments included in OCI is expected to be reclassified to net interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Hedging gains and losses associated with the Company’s cash flow hedges are immediately reclassified from OCI to current period earnings (other income) if it becomes probable that the hedged forecasted transactions will not occur during the originally specified time period.

34

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s cash flow hedges:
The Effect of Cash Flow Hedges on Net Income and Stockholders' Equity
 
Amounts Recognized for the Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Effective portion of gain (loss) recognized in OCI (1)

$104

 

($92
)
Amounts reclassified from OCI to interest income (2)
18

 
18

Amounts reclassified from OCI to interest expense (2)
(15
)
 
(29
)
Ineffective portion of gain recognized in other income (3)
1

 


(1) The cumulative effective gains and losses on the Company’s cash flow hedging activities are included on the accumulated other comprehensive loss line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) This amount includes both (a) the amortization of effective gains and losses associated with the Company’s terminated cash flow hedges and (b) the current reporting period’s interest settlements realized on the Company’s active cash flow hedges. Both (a) and (b) were previously included on the accumulated other comprehensive loss line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and were subsequently recorded as adjustments to the interest expense of the underlying hedged item.
(3) This amount represents the net ineffectiveness recorded during the reporting periods presented plus any amounts excluded from effectiveness testing. These amounts are reflected in the other income line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Economic hedges
The Company’s customer derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. These include interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts that are transacted to meet the hedging and financing needs of the Company’s customers. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of customer related interest rate contracts are included in other income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of foreign exchange contracts relating to foreign currency loans are included in interest and fees on loans and leases in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations, while all other foreign currency contract fair value changes are included in foreign exchange and trade finance fees. In both cases, the mark-to-market gains and losses associated with the customer derivatives are mitigated by the mark-to-market gains and losses on the offsetting interest rate and foreign exchange derivative contracts transacted.
The Company’s residential loan derivatives (including residential loan commitments and forward sales contracts) are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Mark-to-market adjustments to the fair value of residential loan commitments and forward sale contracts are included in noninterest income under mortgage banking fees.
The following table summarizes certain information related to the Company’s economic hedges:
The Effect of Customer Derivatives and Economic Hedges on Net Income
 
Amounts Recognized in Noninterest Income for the
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Customer derivative contracts
 
 
 
Customer interest rate contracts (1)

$73

 

$61

Customer foreign exchange contracts (1)
(35
)
 
4

Residential loan commitments (3)

 
3

Economic hedges
 
 
 
Offsetting derivatives transactions to hedge interest rate risk on customer interest rate contracts (1)
(68
)
 
(53
)
Offsetting derivatives transactions to hedge foreign exchange risk on customer foreign exchange contracts (2)
35

 
(6
)
Forward sale contracts (3)
(1
)
 
(1
)
Total

$4

 

$8


(1) Reported in other income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2) Reported in foreign exchange and trade finance fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3) Reported in mortgage banking fees on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.


35

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 13 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The following is a summary of outstanding off-balance sheet arrangements:
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Commitment amount:
 
 
 
Undrawn commitments to extend credit

$55,224

 

$55,899

Financial standby letters of credit
2,292

 
2,315

Performance letters of credit
60

 
65

Commercial letters of credit
58

 
75

Marketing rights
51

 
51

Risk participation agreements
26

 
19

Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse
10

 
11

Total

$57,721

 

$58,435


Commitments to Extend Credit
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with conditions contractually agreed upon in advance. Generally, the commitments have fixed expiration dates or termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements.

Letters of Credit
Standby letters of credit, both financial and performance, are issued by the Company for its customers. They are used as conditional guarantees of payment to a third party in the event the customer either fails to make specific payments (financial) or fails to complete a specific project (performance). Commercial letters of credit are used to facilitate the import of goods. The commercial letter of credit is used as the method of payment to the Company’s customers’ suppliers. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of counterparty nonperformance in connection with the above instruments is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments, net of the value of collateral held. Standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit are issued for terms of up to ten years and one year, respectively.
Generally, letters of credit are collateralized by cash, accounts receivable, inventory or investment securities. Credit risk associated with letters of credit is considered in determining the appropriate amounts of reserves for unfunded commitments.
The Company recognizes a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets representing its obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the standby letters of credit in the event that the specified triggering events occur. The liability for these guarantees was $3 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.

Marketing Rights
During 2003, the Company entered into a 25-year agreement to acquire the naming and marketing rights of a baseball stadium in Pennsylvania. The Company made no payments for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and is obligated to pay $51 million over the remainder of the contract.

Risk Participation Agreements
RPAs are guarantees issued by the Company to other parties for a fee, whereby the Company agrees to participate in the credit risk of a derivative customer of the other party. Under the terms of these agreements, the “participating bank” receives a fee from the “lead bank” in exchange for the guarantee of reimbursement if the customer defaults on an interest rate swap. The interest rate swap is transacted such that any and all exchanges of interest payments (favorable and unfavorable) are made between the lead bank and the customer. In the event that an early termination of the swap occurs and the customer is unable to make a required close out payment, the participating bank assumes that obligation and is required to make this payment.
RPAs where the Company acts as the lead bank are referred to as “participations-out,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the customer derivatives being transferred out of the Company. Participations-out generally occur concurrently with the sale of new customer derivatives. RPAs where the Company acts as the participating bank are referred to as “participations-

36

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


in,” in reference to the credit risk associated with the counterparty’s derivatives being assumed by the Company. The Company’s maximum credit exposure is based on its proportionate share of the settlement amount of the referenced interest rate swap. Settlement amounts are generally calculated based on the fair value of the swap plus outstanding accrued interest receivables from the customer. The Company’s estimate of the credit exposure associated with its risk participations-in as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is $26 million and $19 million , respectively. The current amount of credit exposure is spread out over 75 counterparties. RPAs generally have terms ranging from 1 - 5 years; however, certain outstanding agreements have terms as long as 10 years .

Other Commitments
For traded but not settled positions, these positions are marked to market in our financial statements on trade date, because the impact to CFG’s exposure is effective on trade (execution) date regardless of settlement date.
In July 2014, the Company created a commercial loan trading desk to provide ongoing secondary market support and liquidity to its clients. Unsettled loan trades (i.e., loan purchase contracts) represent firm commitments to purchase loans from a third party at an agreed-upon price. Principal amounts associated with unsettled commercial loan trades will remain off-balance sheet, as delivery of the loans has not taken place. However, fair value adjustments associated with each unsettled loan trade will be recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and classified within other assets or other liabilities, depending on whether the fair value of the unsettled trade represents an unrealized gain or unrealized loss. The principal balance of unsettled commercial loan trades was $55 million and $40 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Settled loans purchased by the trading desk are classified as commercial loans held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 15 “Fair Value Measurements” for further information.
In May 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase automobile loans on a quarterly basis in future periods. For the first year, the agreement requires the purchase of a minimum of $250 million of outstanding balances to a maximum of $600 million per quarterly period. For quarterly periods after the first year, the minimum and maximum purchases are $400 million and $600 million , respectively. The agreement automatically renews until terminated by either party. The Company may cancel the agreement at will with payment of a variable termination fee. After three years, there is no termination fee.

Other Guarantees

The Company has issued a guarantee to RBS, for a fee, whereby the Company will absorb credit losses related to the sale of option contracts by RBS to customers of the Company. There were no outstanding option contracts with a notional value at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.

Contingencies
The Company operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to potentially significant risks. A certain amount of litigation ordinarily results from the nature of the Company’s banking and other businesses. The Company is a party to legal proceedings, including class actions. It is also the subject of investigations, reviews, and regulatory matters arising out of its normal business operations, which, in some instances, relate to concerns about unfair and/or deceptive practices and mis-selling of certain products. In addition, the Company engages in discussions with relevant governmental and regulatory authorities on a regular and ongoing basis regarding various issues, and any issues discussed or identified may result in investigatory or other action being taken. Litigation and regulatory matters may result in settlements, damages, fines, penalties, public or private censure, increased costs, required remediation, restrictions on business activities, or other impacts on the Company.
In these disputes and proceedings, the Company contests liability and the amount of damages as appropriate. Given their complex nature, it may be years before some of these matters are finally resolved. Moreover, before liability can be reasonably estimated for a claim, numerous legal and factual issues may need to be examined, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal issues relevant to the proceedings in question.
The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how, or when such claims will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for claims that are at an early stage in their development or where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages. The Company recognizes a provision for a claim when, in the opinion of management after seeking legal advice, it is probable that a liability exists and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In many proceedings, however, it is not possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to estimate the amount of any loss. In each of the matters described below, the Company is unable to estimate the liability in excess of any provision accrued, if any, that might arise or its effects on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations or Consolidated Cash Flows in any particular period.

37

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Set out below are descriptions of significant legal matters involving the Company and its subsidiaries. Based on information currently available, the advice of legal counsel and other advisers, and established reserves, management believes that the aggregate liabilities, if any, potentially arising from these proceedings will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consumer Products Matters
The activities of the Company’s bank subsidiaries are subject to extensive laws and regulations concerning unfair or deceptive acts or practices in connection with customer products. Certain of the bank subsidiaries’ practices with respect to overdraft protection and other consumer products have not met applicable standards. The bank subsidiaries have implemented and are continuing to implement changes to improve and bring their practices in accordance with regulatory guidance.
In April 2013, the bank subsidiaries consented to the issuance of orders by the OCC and the FDIC (the Consent Orders). In the Consent Orders (which are publicly available and will remain in effect until terminated by the regulators), the bank subsidiaries neither admitted nor denied the regulators’ findings that they had engaged in deceptive marketing and implementation of the bank’s overdraft protection program, checking rewards programs, and stop-payment process for pre-authorized recurring electronic fund transfers. Under the Consent Orders, the bank subsidiaries paid a total of $10 million in civil monetary penalties and $8 million in restitution to affected customers, agreed to cease and desist any operations in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, and submit to the regulators periodic written progress reports regarding compliance with the Consent Orders. In addition, CBNA agreed to take certain remedial actions to improve its compliance risk management systems and to create a comprehensive action plan designed to achieve compliance with the Consent Orders. Restitution plans have been prepared and submitted for approval, and CBNA has submitted for approval, and is in the process of implementing, its action plan for compliance with the Consent Orders, as well as updated policies, procedures, and programs related to its compliance risk management systems.
The Company’s banking subsidiaries have engaged in discussions with regulators regarding, among other things, certain identity theft and debt cancellation products, signature debit transactions and certain overdraft fees, identifying and correcting errors in customer deposits, and the charging of cost-based credit card late payment fees. The banking subsidiaries have paid restitution regarding some of these practices and it is probable that there will be additional restitution to certain affected customers in connection with certain of these practices. In addition, the banking subsidiaries could face formal administrative enforcement actions from their federal supervisory agencies, including the assessment of civil monetary penalties and restitution, relating to the past practices and policies identified above and other consumer products, as well as potential civil litigation.

Telephone Consumer Protection Act Litigation
The Company is a defendant in a purported class action complaint filed in December 2013 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California pursuant to the Telephone Consumer Protection Act. The named plaintiff purports to represent a “national class” of customers who allegedly received automated calls to their cell phones from the bank or its agents, without customer consent, in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act. The Company is vigorously defending this matter, but is unable to predict the outcome of this matter.
    
LIBOR Litigation
The Company is a defendant in lawsuits in which allegations have been made that RBS manipulated U.S. dollar LIBOR to the detriment of the Company’s customers. The lawsuits include a purported class action on behalf of borrowers of the Company whose interest rates were tied to U.S. dollar LIBOR. The plaintiffs in these cases assert various theories of liability, including fraud, negligent misrepresentation, breach of contract, and unjust enrichment. The Company is vigorously defending these matters, but is unable to predict the outcome of these matters.

Foreclosure-Related Expenses
In May 2013, the civil division of the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York served a subpoena pursuant to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 seeking information regarding home mortgage foreclosure expenses submitted for reimbursement to the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, FNMA, or FHLMC. The Company is cooperating with the investigation.

Mortgage Repurchase Demands
The Company is an originator and servicer of residential mortgages and routinely sells such mortgage loans in the secondary market and to government-sponsored entities. In the context of such sales, the Company makes certain representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the underlying loans and, as a result, may be contractually required to repurchase such loans or indemnify certain parties against losses for certain breaches of those representations and warranties. Between the start of

38

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


January 2009 and March 31, 2015 , the Company received approximately $161 million in repurchase demands and $99 million in indemnification payment requests in respect of loans originated, for the most part, since 2003. Of those claims presented, $92 million was paid to repurchase residential mortgage loans, and $33 million was incurred for indemnification costs to make investors whole. The Company repurchased mortgage loans totaling $4 million and $10 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The Company incurred indemnification costs of none and $6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The Company cannot estimate what the future level of repurchase demands will be or the Company’s ultimate exposure, and cannot give any assurance that its historical experience will continue in the future. The volume of repurchase demands may increase or decrease. In addition to the above, the Company responded to subpoenas issued by the Office of the Inspector General for the Federal Housing Finance Agency in December 2013 which requested information about loans sold to FNMA and the FHLMC from 2003 through 2011. The Company is cooperating with the investigation.

NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company is an indirect subsidiary of RBS. In September 2014, the Company entered into certain agreements that will provide a framework for its ongoing relationship with RBS. Specifically, the Company entered into the following agreements with RBS: Separation and Shareholder Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Trade Mark License Agreement, Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, and Transitional Services Agreements. These agreements were filed as exhibits in Part II, Item 6 — Exhibits to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q/A filed November 14, 2014.
The following is a summary borrowed funds from RBS:
(dollars in millions)
Interest Rate
 
Maturity Date
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Subordinated debt
4.082%
 
January 2025
 
$334
 

$334

 
4.023%
 
October 2024
 
333

 
333

 
4.153%
 
July 2024
 
333

 
333

 
4.691%
 
January 2024
 
334

 
334

 
4.771%
 
October 2023
 
333

 
333

 
5.158%
 
June 2023
 
333

 
333

Total interest expense recorded on inter-company subordinated debt was $20 million and $12 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements with RBS for the purpose of reducing the Company’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations. As of March 31, 2015 , the total notional amount of swaps outstanding was $7.5 billion with fixed rates ranging from 1.66% to 4.30% . Included in this balance were $4.0 billion of receive-fixed swaps with rates ranging from 1.78% to 2.04% maturing in 2023 and $2.8 billion of pay-fixed swaps with fixed rates ranging from 2.03% to 4.30% maturing in 2023 . The company also has a medium term swap agreement with a notional of $750 million and a receive-fixed rate of 1.66% as of March 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2014 , the total notional amount of swaps outstanding was $5.8 billion , with fixed rates ranging from 1.66% to 4.30% . Included in this balance were $4.0 billion of receive-fixed swaps with fixed rates ranging from 1.78% to 2.04% maturing in 2023 and $1.0 billion of pay-fixed swaps with fixed rates ranging from 4.18% to 4.30% maturing in 2016 . The Company also has a medium term swap agreement with a notional amount of $750 million and a receive-fixed rate of 1.66% that had been executed as of December 31, 2014 . The Company recorded net interest income of $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and net interest expense of $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 .
In order to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Company enters into interest rate swap and cap agreements with its customers and simultaneously enters into offsetting swap and cap agreements with RBS. The Company earns a spread equal to the difference between rates charged to the customer and rates charged by RBS. The notional amount of these interest rate swap and cap agreements outstanding with RBS was $9.3 billion and $9.8 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. The Company recorded expense of $68 million and $53 million within other income for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Also to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Company enters into a variety of foreign currency denominated products, such as loans, deposits and foreign exchange contracts. To manage the foreign exchange risk associated with these products, the Company simultaneously enters into offsetting foreign exchange contracts with RBS. The Company earns a spread equal to the difference between rates charged to the customer and rates charged by RBS. The notional amount of foreign exchange contracts outstanding with RBS was $4.5 billion and $4.7 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Within foreign exchange and trade finance fees the Company recorded income of $35 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and expense of $6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 .

39

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The Company receives income for providing services and referring customers to RBS. The Company also shares office space with certain RBS entities for which rent expense and/or income is recorded in occupancy expense. The total fee income, net of occupancy expense, was $3 million and $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Also, the Company receives certain services provided by RBS and by certain RBS entities the fees for which were recorded in outside services expense. Total outside services expense was $2 million and $8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The Company paid $39 million and $25 million in regular common stock dividends to RBS for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The Company, as a matter of policy and during the ordinary course of business with underwriting terms similar to those offered to the public, has made loans to directors and executive officers and their immediate families, as well as their affiliated companies. Such loans amounted to $125 million and $126 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.

NOTE 15 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
As discussed in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company measures or monitors many of its assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair value is used on a recurring basis for assets and liabilities for which fair value is the required or elected measurement basis of accounting. Additionally, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve the application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The Company also applies the fair value measurement guidance to determine amounts reported for certain disclosures in this Note for assets and liabilities not required to be reported at fair value in the financial statements.
Fair Value Option, Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The Company elected to account for residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. Applying fair value accounting to the residential mortgage loans held for sale better aligns the reported results of the economic changes in the value of these loans and their related hedge instruments.
The fair value of residential loans held for sale is derived from observable mortgage security prices and includes adjustments for loan servicing value, agency guarantee fees, and other loan level attributes which are mostly observable in the marketplace. Credit risk does not significantly impact the valuation since these loans are sold shortly after origination. Therefore, the Company classifies the residential mortgage loans held for sale in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance for residential mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Aggregate Fair Value
 
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value
 
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Residential mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

$265

 

$258

 

$7

 

$213

 

$206

 

$7


The election of the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities is optional and irrevocable. The loans accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value (i.e., acquisition cost) when the financial asset is acquired. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in current earnings. The Company recognized mortgage banking noninterest income of $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 . Interest income on residential mortgage loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income.
    
Fair Value Option, Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans Held for Sale
The Company elected to account for certain commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale at fair value. These loans are managed by a commercial secondary loan desk that provides liquidity to banks, finance companies and institutional investors. Applying fair value accounting to this portfolio is appropriate because the Company holds these loans with the intent to sell within short term periods.

40

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The fair value of commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale is estimated using observable prices of identical or similar loans that transact in the marketplace. In addition, the Company uses external pricing services that provide estimates of fair values based on quotes from various dealers transacting in the market, sector curves or benchmarking techniques. Therefore, the Company classifies the commercial and commercial real estate loans managed by the commercial secondary loan desk in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy given the observable market inputs.
The following table summarizes the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance for commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale measured at fair value:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Aggregate Fair Value
 
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value
 
Aggregate Unpaid Principal
 
Aggregate Fair Value Less Aggregate Unpaid Principal
Commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale, at fair value

$57

 

$57

 

$—

 

$43

 

$43

 

$—


There were no loans in this portfolio that were 90 days or more past due or nonaccruing as of March 31, 2015 . The loans accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value when the financial asset is recognized. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in current earnings. Since all loans in the Company’s commercial trading portfolio consist of floating rate obligations, all changes in fair value are due to changes in credit risk. Such credit-related fair value changes may include observed changes in overall credit spreads and/or changes to the creditworthiness of an individual borrower. Unsettled trades within the commercial trading portfolio are not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and represent off-balance sheet commitments. Refer to Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies” for further information.
Interest income on commercial and commercial real estate loans held for sale is calculated based on the contractual interest rate of the loan and is recorded in interest income. Additionally, the Company recognized $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 in other noninterest income related to its commercial trading portfolio.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The Company utilizes a variety of valuation techniques to measure its assets and liabilities at fair value. Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for significant assets and liabilities carried on the balance sheet at fair value on a recurring basis:
Securities Available for Sale
The fair value of securities classified as AFS is based upon quoted prices, if available. Where observable quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. If quoted market prices are not available, the fair value for the security is estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. These instruments are classified as Level 2 because they currently trade in active markets and the inputs to the valuations are observable. The pricing models used to value securities generally begin with market prices (or rates) for similar instruments and make adjustments based on the unique characteristics of the instrument being valued. These adjustments reflect assumptions made regarding the sensitivity of each security’s value to changes in interest rates and prepayment speeds. Classes of instruments that are valued using this market approach include residential and commercial CMOs, specified pool mortgage “pass-through” securities and other debt securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and state and political subdivisions.
A significant majority of the Company’s Level 1 and 2 securities are priced using an external pricing service. The Company verifies the accuracy of the pricing provided by its primary outside pricing service on a quarterly basis. This process involves using a secondary external vendor to provide valuations for the Company’s securities portfolio for comparison purposes. Any securities with discrepancies beyond a certain threshold are researched and, if necessary, valued by an independent outside broker.
In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation model, securities are classified as Level 3.
Residential loans held for sale
See the Fair Value Option, Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale” discussion above.

41

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Commercial loans held for sale
See the Fair Value Option, Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans Held for Sale” discussion above.
Derivatives
The majority of the Company’s derivatives portfolio is comprised of “plain vanilla” interest rate swaps, which are traded in over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For these interest rate derivatives, fair value is determined utilizing models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as swap rates and yield curves. The pricing models used to value interest rate swaps calculate the sum of each instrument’s fixed and variable cash flows, which are then discounted using an appropriate yield curve (i.e., LIBOR or OIS curve) to arrive at the fair value of each swap. The pricing models do not contain a high level of subjectivity as the methodologies used do not require significant judgment. The Company also considers certain adjustments to the modeled price which market participants would make when pricing each instrument, including a credit valuation adjustment that reflects the credit quality of the swap counterparty. The Company incorporates the effect of exposure to a particular counterparty’s credit by netting its derivative contracts with the collateral available and calculating a credit valuation adjustment on the basis of the net position with the counterparty where permitted. The determination of this adjustment requires judgment on behalf of Company management; however, the total amount of this portfolio-level adjustment is not material to the total fair value of the interest rate swaps in their entirety . Therefore, interest rate swaps are classified as Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy.
The Company’s other derivatives include foreign exchange contracts. Fair value of foreign exchange derivatives uses the mid-point of daily quoted currency spot prices. A valuation model estimates fair value based on the quoted spot rates together with interest rate yield curves and forward currency rates. Since all of these inputs are observable in the market, foreign exchange derivatives are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Venture capital investments
The Company values its venture capital private equity fund investments based on its capital invested in each fund, which is adjusted by management each quarter, if necessary, to arrive at its estimate of fair value. Adjustments for a fund’s underlying investments may be based upon comparisons to public companies, industry benchmarks, current financing round pricing, earnings multiples of comparable companies, current operating performance and future expectations, or third-party valuations. Since the inputs to the valuation are difficult to independently corroborate in the marketplace, and involve a significant degree of management judgment, venture capital investments are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

42

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including gross derivative assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at March 31, 2015 :
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

$18,996


$—


$18,996


$—

State and political subdivisions
10


10


Equity securities
20

2

18


U.S. Treasury
15

15



Total securities available for sale
19,041

17

19,024


Residential loans held for sale
265


265


Commercial loans held for sale
57


57


Total loans held for sale
322


322


Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
744


744


Foreign exchange contracts
253


253


Other contracts
9


9


Total derivative assets
1,006


1,006


Venture capital investments and other investments
6


5

1

Total assets

$20,375


$17


$20,357


$1

Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$624


$—


$624


$—

Foreign exchange contracts
247


247


Other contracts
9


9


Total derivative liabilities
880


880


Total liabilities

$880


$—


$880


$—



43

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value including gross derivative assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 :
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

$18,606


$—


$18,606


$—

State and political subdivisions
10


10


Equity securities
25

8

17


U.S. Treasury
15

15



Total securities available for sale
18,656

23

18,633


Residential loans held for sale
213


213


Commercial loans held for sale
43


43


Total loans held for sale
256


256


Derivative assets:




Interest rate swaps
613


613


Foreign exchange contracts
170


170


Other contracts
7


7


Total derivative assets
790


790


Venture capital investments and other investments
5



5

Total assets

$19,707


$23


$19,679


$5

Derivative liabilities:




Interest rate swaps

$600


$—


$600


$—

Foreign exchange contracts
164


164


Other contracts
9


9


Total derivative liabilities
773


773


Total liabilities

$773


$—


$773


$—


The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Balance as of January 1

$5

 

$5

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
Purchases
1

 

Sales

 

Settlements

 

Other net gains

 
1

Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2
(5
)
 

Balance as of period end

$1

 

$6

Net unrealized gain included in net income for the year relating to assets held at period end

$1

 

$—


In March 2015, we transferred $5 million of securities from Level 3 to Level 2. The fair values of these securities are based on prices in the market that are not active.

44

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
The following valuation techniques are utilized to measure significant assets for which the Company utilizes fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
Impaired Loans
The carrying amount of collateral-dependent impaired loans is compared to the appraised value of the collateral less costs to dispose and is classified as Level 2. Any excess of carrying amount over the appraised value is charged to the ALLL.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. MSRs are classified as Level 3 since the valuation methodology utilizes significant unobservable inputs. At March 31, 2015 , the fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which used assumptions, including weighted-average life of 5.0 years (range of 2.8 - 6.3 years ), weighted-average constant prepayment rate of 12.8% (range of 11.0% - 22.2% ) and weighted-average discount rate of 9.8% (range of 9.1% - 12.3% ). At December 31, 2014 , the fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which used assumptions, including weighted-average life of 5.2 years (range of 2.8 - 6.6 years ), weighted-average constant prepayment rate of 12.4% (range of 10.4% - 22.6% ) and weighted-average discount rate of 9.8% (range of 9.1% - 12.1% ). Refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 7 “Mortgage Banking” for more information.
Foreclosed assets
Foreclosed assets consist primarily of residential properties. Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to dispose. Fair value is based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral and is classified as Level 2.
Goodwill
Goodwill is valued using unobservable inputs and is classified as Level 3. Fair value is calculated using the present value of estimated future earnings (discounted cash flow method). On a quarterly basis, the Company assesses whether or not impairment indicators are present.
For information on the Company’s goodwill impairment testing and the most recent goodwill impairment test, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 6 “Goodwill” for a description of the Company's goodwill valuation methodology.
The following table presents losses on assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recorded in earnings:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Impaired collateral-dependent loans

($3
)
 

($75
)
MSRs
(1
)
 
(4
)
Foreclosed assets
(1
)
 
(1
)


45

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following tables present assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
 
March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Impaired collateral-dependent loans

$87


$—


$87


$—

MSRs
163



163

Foreclosed assets
36


36


 
December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Impaired collateral-dependent loans

$102


$—


$102


$—

MSRs
166



166

Foreclosed assets
40


40




Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Following is a description of valuation methodologies used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes (these instruments are not recorded in the financial statements at fair value):
Loans and leases
For loans and leases not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis that are not accounted for as collateral-dependent impaired loans, fair value is estimated by using one of two methods: a discounted cash flow method or a securitization method. The discounted cash flow method involves discounting the expected future cash flows using current rates which a market participant would likely use to value similar pools of loans. Inputs used in this method include observable information such as contractual cash flows (net of servicing cost) and unobservable information such as estimated prepayment speeds, credit loss exposures, and discount rates. The securitization method involves utilizing market securitization data to value the assets as if a securitization transaction had been executed. Inputs used include observable market-based MBS data and pricing adjustments based on unobservable data reflecting the liquidity risk, credit loss exposure and other characteristics of the underlying loans. The internal risk-weighted balances of loans are grouped by product type for purposes of these estimated valuations. For nonaccruing loans, fair value is estimated by discounting management’s estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate commensurate with the risk associated with such assets. Fair value of collateral-dependent loans is primarily based on the appraised value of the collateral.
Loans held for sale
Balances are loans that were transferred to loans held for sale that are reported at book value.
Securities Held to Maturity
The fair value of securities classified as HTM is estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flow. The pricing models used to value these securities generally begin with market prices (or rates) for similar instruments and make adjustments based on the unique characteristics of the instrument being valued. These adjustments reflect assumptions made regarding the sensitivity of each security’s value to changes in interest rates and prepayment speeds.
Other investment securities
The fair value of other investment securities, such as FHLB stock and FRB stock, is assumed to approximate the cost basis of the securities. As a member of the FHLB and FRB, the Company is required to hold FHLB and FRB stock. The stock can be sold only to the FHLB and FRB upon termination of membership, or redeemed at the FHLB’s or FRB’s sole discretion.
Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, checking with interest accounts, regular savings and money market accounts is the amount payable on demand at the balance sheet date. The fair value of term deposits is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Deposits held for sale
Balances are deposits that were transferred to held for sale that are reported at book value.

46

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, other short-term borrowed funds, and long-term borrowed funds
Rates currently available to the Company for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities are used to discount the expected cash flows of existing debt.
The following table is a summary of fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value in the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the indicated captions:
 
March 31, 2015
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
(in millions)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity

$5,178


$5,281

 

$—


$—

 

$5,178


$5,281

 

$—


$—

Other investment securities
867

867

 


 
867

867

 


Other loans held for sale
54

54

 


 


 
54

54

Loans and leases
94,494

94,892

 


 
87

87

 
94,407

94,805

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
98,990

99,005

 


 
98,990

99,005

 


Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
4,421

4,421

 


 
4,421

4,421

 


Other short-term borrowed funds
7,004

7,004

 


 
7,004

7,004

 


Long-term borrowed funds
3,904

4,006

 


 
3,904

4,006

 


 
December 31, 2014
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
(in millions)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
 
Carrying Value
Fair Value
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities held to maturity

$5,148


$5,193

 

$—


$—

 

$5,148


$5,193

 

$—


$—

Other investment securities
872

872

 


 
872

872

 


Other loans held for sale
25

25

 


 


 
25

25

Loans and leases
93,410

93,674

 


 
102

102

 
93,308

93,572

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
95,707

95,710

 


 
95,707

95,710

 


Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
4,276

4,276

 


 
4,276

4,276

 


Other short-term borrowed funds
6,253

6,253

 


 
6,253

6,253

 


Long-term borrowed funds
4,642

4,706

 


 
4,642

4,706

 



NOTE 16 - REGULATORY MATTERS
As a BHC, the Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB. The primary subsidiaries of the Company are its two insured depository institutions CBNA, a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC, and CBPA, a Pennsylvania-chartered savings bank regulated by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and supervised by the FDIC as its primary federal regulator. Under the Basel III capital framework that took effect on January 1, 2015, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must meet specific capital requirements. Basel III requirements are expressed in terms of the following ratios: (1) common equity tier 1 capital (common equity tier 1 capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); (2) tier 1 capital (tier 1 capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); (3) total capital (total capital/risk-weighted on- and off-balance sheet assets); and (4) tier 1 leverage (tier 1 capital/adjusted average quarterly assets). To meet the regulatory capital requirements, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must maintain minimum regulatory levels for each ratio. In addition, the Company must not be subject to a written agreement, order or capital directive with any of its regulators.

47

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in the initiation of certain actions that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following table presents capital and capital ratio information evidencing the Company’s transition from Basel I regulatory accounting as of December 31, 2014 to Basel III regulatory accounting as of March 31, 2015. Basel I requirements did not include the common equity tier I capital ratio. Certain Basel III requirements are subject to phase-in through 2018, and these phase-in rules are used in this report of actual regulatory ratios. In addition, the Company has declared itself as an “AOCI opt-out” institution, which means that the Company will not be required to change its methodology for recognizing in regulatory capital only a subset of unrealized gains and losses that are classified as AOCI. As an AOCI opt-out institution the Company is not required to recognize within regulatory capital the impacts of net unrealized gains and losses on securities AFS, accumulated net gains and losses on cash-flow hedges included in AOCI, net gains and losses on certain defined benefit pension plan assets, and net unrealized gains and losses on securities HTM that are included in AOCI.
 
Transitional Basel III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FDIC Requirements
 
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy
 
Classification as Well-capitalized
(dollars in millions)
 
Amount

Ratio

 
Amount

Ratio

 
Amount

Ratio

As of March 31, 2015
Basel III
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
 

$13,360

12.2
%
 

$4,940

4.5
%
 

$7,136

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
13,360

12.2

 
6,587

6.0

 
8,783

8.0

Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
16,969

15.5

 
8,783

8.0

 
10,979

10.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)
 
13,360

10.5

 
5,087

4.0

 
6,358

5.0

As of December 31, 2014
Basel I
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common equity
 

$13,173

12.4
%
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
 
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
13,173

12.4

 

$4,239

4.0
%
 

$6,358

6.0
%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
16,781

15.8

 
8,477

8.0

 
10,596

10.0

Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)
 
13,173

10.6

 
4,982

4.0

 
6,227

5.0


In accordance with federal and state banking regulations, dividends paid by the Company’s banking subsidiaries to the Company itself are generally limited to the retained earnings of the respective banking subsidiaries unless specifically approved by the appropriate bank regulator. The Company declared and paid total common stock dividends of $55 million and $25 million as of March 31, 2015 , and March 31, 2014 , respectively.
The earnings impact of goodwill impairment recognized by CBNA has put the bank subsidiary in the position of having to request specific approval from the OCC before executing capital distributions to its parent, CFG. This requirement will be in place through the fourth quarter of 2015 . However, as of March 31, 2015 , irrespective of the ability of the subsidiary banks to pay dividends, on a non-consolidated basis the Company had liquid assets in excess of $396 million compared to an annual interest burden on existing subordinated debt of approximately $104 million .
On March 13, 2014, the OCC determined that CBNA no longer meets the condition to own a financial subsidiary — namely that CBNA must be both well capitalized and well managed. A financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in a broader range of activities, similar to those of a financial holding company, than those permissible for a national bank itself. CBNA has two financial subsidiaries, Citizens Securities, Inc., a registered broker-dealer, and RBS Citizens Insurance Agency, Inc., a dormant entity, although it continues to collect commissions on certain outstanding insurance policies. CBNA has entered into an agreement with the OCC (the “OCC Agreement”) pursuant to which it must develop a remediation plan, which must be submitted to the OCC, setting forth the specific actions it will take to bring itself back into compliance with the conditions to own a financial subsidiary and the schedule for achieving that objective. Until CBNA addresses the deficiencies to the OCC’s satisfaction, CBNA will be subject to restrictions on its ability to acquire control or hold an interest in any new financial subsidiary and to commence new activities in any existing financial subsidiary without the prior consent of the OCC. The OCC Agreement provides that if CBNA fails to remediate the deficiencies it may have to divest itself of its financial subsidiaries and comply with any additional limitations or conditions on its conduct as the OCC may impose. CBNA has developed a plan to address the deficiencies and has implemented a comprehensive enterprise-wide program.


48

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 17 - EXIT COSTS AND RESTRUCTURING RESERVES
For the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the Company incurred $1 million of restructuring costs, consisting of $2 million of facilities costs in occupancy, $1 million in outside services, and a reversal of $2 million in salaries and employee benefits.
In 2014, the Company began the implementation of a restructuring initiative designed to achieve operating efficiencies and reduce expense growth. As a result of this program, the Company expects to incur additional restructuring costs of approximately $18 million through December 31, 2015, consisting of $13 million of employee compensation, $3 million of facilities costs and $2 million of other costs, primarily consulting and technology services. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company incurred $101 million of restructuring costs, $41 million consisting of employee compensation reported in salaries and employee benefits, $18 million of facilities costs (including $6 million of building impairment) in occupancy, $24 million in outside services, $6 million in software expense reported in amortization of software, and $12 million in other operating expenses.
Also in 2014, as a result of the sale of retail branches located in Illinois, the Company incurred total costs of approximately $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , consisting of $3 million of employee compensation reported in salaries and employee benefits, $3 million of fixed assets expenses reported in equipment, $4 million in outside services and $7 million in other operating expenses.
For segment reporting, all of these restructuring costs are reported within Other. See Note 19 “Business Segments” for further information.
The following table includes the activity in the exit costs and restructuring reserves:
(in millions)
Salaries & Employee Benefits
Occupancy & Equipment
Other

Total

Reserve balance as of January 1, 2014

$2


$24


$—


$26

Additions
43

24

57

124

Reversals
(1
)
(5
)
(4
)
(10
)
Utilization
(21
)
(25
)
(50
)
(96
)
Reserve balance as of December 31, 2014
23

18

3

44

Additions

2

1

3

Reversals
(2
)


(2
)
Utilization
(3
)
(3
)
(4
)
(10
)
Reserve balance as of March 31, 2015

$18


$17


$—


$35



NOTE 18 - RECLASSIFICATIONS OUT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The following table presents the changes in the balances, net of income taxes, of each component of AOCI:
(in millions)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivatives
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
 
Total AOCI

Balance at January 1, 2014
 

($298
)
 

($91
)
 

($259
)
 

($648
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
59

 
71

 

 
130

Other than temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities
 

 
(19
)
 

 
(19
)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income
 
7

 
(14
)
 
1

 
(6
)
Net other comprehensive income
 
66

 
38

 
1

 
105

Balance at March 31, 2014
 

($232
)
 

($53
)
 

($258
)
 

($543
)

49

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(in millions)
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Derivatives
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
 
Total AOCI

Balance at January 1, 2015
 

($69
)
 

$74

 

($377
)
 

($372
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
65

 
90

 

 
155

Other than temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities
 

 
(19
)
 

 
(19
)
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income
 
(2
)
 
(4
)
 
2

 
(4
)
Net other comprehensive income
 
63

 
67

 
2

 
132

Balance at March 31, 2015
 

($6
)
 

$141

 

($375
)
 

($240
)

The following table reports the amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI and into the unaudited interim Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
(in millions)
 
2015

 
2014

 
 
Details about AOCI Components
 
 
 
 
 
Affected Line Item in the unaudited interim Consolidated Statements of Operations
Reclassification adjustment for net derivative gains (losses) included in net income (loss):
 

$18

 

$18

 
Interest income
 
 
(15
)
 
(29
)
 
Interest expense
 
 

 

 
Other income
 
 
3

 
(11
)
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
 
 
1

 
(4
)
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
 

$2

 

($7
)
 
Net income (loss)
Reclassification of net securities gains (losses) to net income (loss):
 

$8

 

$25

 
Securities gains, net
 
 
(1
)
 
(4
)
 
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
 
 
7

 
21

 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
 
 
3

 
7

 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
 

$4

 

$14

 
Net income (loss)
Reclassification of changes related to defined benefit pension plans:
 

($3
)
 

($2
)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
 
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
 

($2
)
 

($1
)
 
Net income (loss)
Total reclassification gains (losses)
 

$4

 

$6

 
Net income (loss)

The following table presents the effects to net income of the amounts reclassified out of AOCI:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Net interest income (includes $3 and ($11) of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)

$836

 

$808

Provision for credit losses
58

 
121

Noninterest income (includes $7 and $21 of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)
347

 
358

Noninterest expense (includes $3 and $2 of AOCI reclassifications, respectively)
810

 
810

Income before income tax expense
315

 
235

Income tax expense (includes $3 and $2 income tax net expense from reclassification items, respectively)
106

 
69

Net income

$209

 

$166



50

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 19 - BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company is managed by its CEO on a segment basis. The Company’s two business segments are Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served. Each segment has one or more segment heads who report directly to the CEO. The CEO has final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment. The business segments reflect this management structure and the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by the CEO. Non-segment operations are classified as Other, which includes corporate functions, the Treasury function, the securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, intangible assets, community development, non-core assets, and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses.
Reportable Segments
Segment results are determined based upon the Company’s management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the business segments. The process is designed around the Company’s organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. A description of each reportable segment and table of financial results is presented below:
Consumer Banking
The Consumer Banking segment focuses on retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million . It offers traditional banking products and services, including checking, savings, home loans, student loans, credit cards, business loans and financial management services. It also operates an indirect auto financing business, providing financing for both new and used vehicles through auto dealerships. The segment’s distribution channels include a branch network, ATMs and a work force of experienced specialists ranging from financial consultants, mortgage loan officers and business banking officers to private bankers.
Commercial Banking
The Commercial Banking segment primarily targets companies with annual revenues from $25 million to $2.5 billion and provides a full complement of financial products and solutions, including loans, leases, trade financing, deposits, cash management, commercial cards, foreign exchange, interest rate risk management, corporate finance and capital markets advisory capabilities. It focuses on middle-market companies, large corporations and institutions and has dedicated teams with industry expertise in government banking, not-for-profit, healthcare, technology, professionals, oil & gas, asset finance, franchise finance, asset-based lending, commercial real estate, private equity and sponsor finance. While the segment’s business development efforts are predominantly focused on the Company’s footprint, some of its specialized industry businesses also operate selectively on a national basis (such as healthcare, asset finance and franchise finance). A key component of Commercial Banking’s growth strategy is to bring ideas to clients that help their businesses thrive, and in doing so, expand the loan portfolio and ancillary product sales.
Non-segment Operations
Other
In addition to non-segment operations, Other includes certain reconciling items in order to translate the segment results that are based on management accounting practices into consolidated results. For example, Other includes goodwill and any
associated goodwill impairment charges.

 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

 
Consolidated

Net interest income

$533

 

$276

 

$27

 

$836

Noninterest income
219

 
100

 
28

 
347

Total revenue
752

 
376

 
55

 
1,183

Noninterest expense
596

 
173

 
41

 
810

Profit before provision for credit losses
156

 
203

 
14

 
373

Provision for credit losses
63

 
(21
)
 
16

 
58

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
93

 
224

 
(2
)
 
315

Income tax expense (benefit)
32

 
77

 
(3
)
 
106

Net income

$61

 

$147

 

$1

 

$209

Total average assets

$51,602

 

$41,606

 

$40,117

 

$133,325


51

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
(in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

 
Consolidated

Net interest income

$537

 

$256

 

$15

 

$808

Noninterest income
219

 
107

 
32

 
358

Total revenue
756

 
363

 
47

 
1,166

Noninterest expense
638

 
153

 
19

 
810

Profit before provision for credit losses
118

 
210

 
28

 
356

Provision for credit losses
70

 
(5
)
 
56

 
121

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
48

 
215

 
(28
)
 
235

Income tax expense (benefit)
16

 
74

 
(21
)
 
69

Net income (loss)

$32

 

$141

 

($7
)
 

$166

Total average assets

$47,610

 

$36,955

 

$39,339

 

$123,904



Management accounting practices utilized by the Company as the basis for presentation for segment results include the following:

FTP adjustments

The Company utilizes an FTP system to eliminate the effect of interest rate risk from the segments’ net interest income because such risk is centrally managed within the Treasury function. The FTP system credits (or charges) the segments with the economic value of the funds created (or used) by the segments. The FTP system provides a funds credit for sources of funds and a funds charge for the use of funds by each segment. The sum of the interest income/expense and FTP charges/credits for each segment is its designated net interest income. The variance between the Company’s cumulative FTP charges and cumulative FTP credits is offset in Other.

Provision for credit losses allocations

Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs that have been recognized by the business segment. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.

Income tax allocations

Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.

Expense allocations

Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business lines that directly support another business line’s operations are charged to the applicable business line based on its utilization of those services.

Goodwill

For impairment testing purposes, the Company allocates goodwill to its Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units. For management reporting purposes, the Company presents the goodwill balance (and any related impairment charges) in Other.

Substantially all revenues generated and long-lived assets held by the Company’s business segments are derived from clients that reside in the United States. Neither business segment earns revenue from a single external customer that represents 10 percent or more of the Company’s total revenues.

52

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE 20 - SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
During the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the Company granted 970,166 Company share-based awards to employees pursuant to the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”) with an aggregate grant date fair value of $24 million , which has been estimated using the fair value of the Company’s shares on the grant date.
The total number of Company unvested share-based awards as March 31, 2015 was 3,399,285 , which includes awards granted under the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Converted Equity 2010 Deferral Plan and the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Converted Equity 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Converted Equity Plans”), the Omnibus Plan, and the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (“Directors Plan”). Approximately 61 million shares of Company common stock are available for awards to be granted under our employee share plans (including the Citizens Financial Group, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”)). Upon settlement of share-based awards, the Company generally issues new shares, but may also issue shares from treasury stock.
Compensation Expense
Compensation expense related to the employee share plans (including the ESPP) was $6 million and $19 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. At March 31, 2015 , the total unrecognized compensation expense for nonvested equity awards granted was $30 million .    
Equity Grants Prior to the IPO
Prior to the Company’s IPO, RBS granted share-based compensation awards to employees of the Company pursuant to its various long-term incentive plans, which are administered by the RBS Performance and Remuneration Committee. Below is a summary of those awards. All share-based compensation awards granted to Company employees have been historically settled in RBS shares. Effective as of the IPO, no share-based compensation awards in respect of RBS shares will be granted to Company employees.
Restricted Stock Units
A restricted stock unit is the right to receive shares of stock on a future date, which may be subject to time-based vesting conditions and/or performance-based vesting conditions. Time-based restricted stock units granted historically have generally become vested ratably over a three -year period. Performance-based restricted stock units granted historically have generally become vested at the end of a three -year performance period, depending on the level of performance achieved during such period.
The fair value of each award is determined on the grant date. All awards are expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. With respect to performance-based awards, over the performance and requisite service period (i.e., vesting period) of the award, the compensation expense and the number of shares of stock expected to be issued are adjusted upward or downward based upon the probability of achievement of performance. Once vesting has occurred, the related compensation cost recognized as expense is based on actual performance and the number of shares actually issued.
Special IPO Awards
In March 2014, RBS granted special IPO awards to certain Citizens employees. These awards were granted half in the form of restricted stock units in respect of RBS shares and half as a fixed convertible bond. The special IPO awards are scheduled to vest 50% in March 2016 and 50% in March 2017, subject to certain conditions. Pursuant to their terms, upon the closing of the Company’s IPO, these awards were converted into Company restricted stock units and the performance condition was met; however, following the IPO, these awards remain subject to the original vesting schedule and other original terms and conditions.
Equity Award Conversion
In conjunction with the Company's IPO, any restricted stock units granted by RBS to Company employees that were unvested at the time of the IPO and the bond portion of special IPO awards, were converted into equity-based awards in respect of CFG common stock. Converted awards are governed by the applicable Converted Equity Plan and are generally subject to the same terms and conditions as prior to conversion. However, when the awards become vested and are settled in accordance with their terms, grantees will receive shares of CFG common stock. Following the IPO, no additional awards were granted under the Converted Equity Plans.
The number of shares of CFG common stock underlying converted awards was determined by dividing (A) the product of (x) the maximum number of RBS shares underlying the awards outstanding as of the closing of the IPO and (y) the average of the closing prices of RBS shares on each of the 30 London Stock Exchange dealing days immediately prior to the pricing date of the IPO (such 30 -day period, the “Conversion Period”), converted into U.S. Dollars using the average British Pound to U.S. Dollar currency rate over the Conversion Period, by (B) the price per share of CFG common stock on the pricing date of the IPO. The bond portion of the special IPO awards was converted by dividing the bond value by the price per share of CFG common stock

53

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


on the pricing date of the IPO. During 2014, the Company converted 19,390,752 RBS share awards to 5,249,721 CFG share awards. The difference between the fair value of RBS restricted share units immediately preceding the conversion and the fair value of the CFG equity-based awards granted was not material. The bond portions of the Special IPO awards were converted to 524,783 CFG share awards.

Employee Share Plans Following the IPO
Omnibus Incentive Plan
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the Omnibus Plan. This plan permits the Company to grant a variety of awards to employees and service providers. In 2014, certain employees received share grants under this plan as an element of fixed compensation for service in a “Material Risk Taker” role (as defined by the European Banking Authority). These shares were fully vested at grant, but are subject to a retention period which lapses ratably over three to five years. Pursuant to the Omnibus Plan, the Company has also awarded to certain employees immediately vested shares, time-based restricted stock units and performance share units. If a dividend is paid on shares underlying the Omnibus Plan awards prior to the date such shares are distributed, those dividends will be distributed following vesting in the same form as the dividend that has been paid to stockholders generally.
Director Compensation Plan
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the Directors Plan. Effective upon the closing of the IPO, restricted stock units were granted by the Company to its non-employee directors under the Directors Plan. These grants vested on May 5, 2015, the date of the 2015 annual stockholders meeting. If a dividend is paid on shares underlying the stock units prior to the date such shares are distributed, those dividends will be distributed following vesting in the same form as the dividend that has been paid to stockholders generally. In the event that a director ceases to serve on the Board of Directors prior to the vesting date for any reason other than under circumstances which would constitute cause, the restricted stock units will fully vest on the date of the director’s cessation from service.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the ESPP, which provides eligible employees an opportunity to purchase its common stock at a 10% discount, through accumulated payroll deductions. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2014 eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of eligible compensation to the ESPP, except that the limit for the first 2014 offering period was 50% of eligible compensation. No participant may purchase shares in any year with a value exceeding $25,000 . Offering periods under the ESPP are quarterly.
Shares of CFG common stock are purchased for a participant on the last day of each quarter at a 10% discount from the fair market value (fair market value under the plan is defined as the closing price on the day of purchase). Prior to the date the shares are purchased, participants do not have any rights or privileges as a stockholder with respect to shares to be purchased at the end of the offering period.

NOTE 21 - EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions, except share and per-share data)
 
2015

 
2014

Numerator (basic and diluted):
 
 
 
 
Net income
 

$209

 

$166

Less: Preferred stock dividends
 

 

Net income available to common stockholders
 

$209

 

$166

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic
 
546,291,363

 
559,998,324

Dilutive common shares: share-based awards
 
3,507,354

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - diluted
 
549,798,717

 
559,998,324

Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
Basic
 

$0.38

 

$0.30

Diluted
 
0.38

 
0.30



54

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income/(loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus the effect of potential dilutive common shares such as share-based awards, using the treasury stock method. Potential dilutive common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS in the periods where the effect would be antidilutive.
On August 22, 2014, the Company declared and made effective a 165,582 -for-1 forward stock split of common stock. As a result, all share and per share data have been restated to reflect the effect of the split.

NOTE 22 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE
The following table presents the details of other operating expense:
 
Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)
2015

 
2014

Deposit insurance

$34

 

$20

Promotional expense
22

 
20

Settlements and operating losses
8

 
29

Postage and delivery
12

 
13

Other
57

 
64

Other operating expense

$133

 

$146


NOTE 23 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On April 6, 2015, the Company issued $250 million , or 250,000 shares, 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Preferred Stock”) to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Preferred Stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative, semi-annual basis, beginning on April 6, 2015, at an annual rate equal to 5.500% to, but excluding, April 6, 2020, after which time it converts to a quarterly floating-rate basis equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.960% . Citizens may redeem the Preferred Stock, subject to regulatory approval, on or after April 6, 2020 or at any time within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event.
On April 7, 2015, the Company used the net proceeds of the Preferred Stock offering to repurchase 10,473,397 shares of its common stock from RBS at a total cost of approximately $250 million and a price per share of $23.87 , which further reduced RBS’ remaining ownership interest to 40.8% . Pursuant to the repurchase agreement dated April 1, 2015, the purchase price per share was the volume-weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for all traded volume over the five trading days preceding the repurchase agreement date.
On April 22, 2015, the Company announced a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share, or $55 million , payable on May 19, 2015 to shareholders of record at the close of business on May 5, 2015.

55

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


56

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements within the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.”

Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management, and on information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:

negative economic conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer confidence and spending habits which may affect, among other things, the level of nonperforming assets, charge-offs and provision expense;

the rate of growth in the economy and employment levels, as well as general business and economic conditions;

our ability to implement our strategic plan, including the cost savings and efficiency components, and achieve our indicative performance targets;

our ability to remedy regulatory deficiencies and meet supervisory requirements and expectations;

liabilities resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations;

our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the Basel III capital standards) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;

the effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgages held for sale;

changes in interest rates and market liquidity, as well as the magnitude of such changes, which may reduce interest margins, impact funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets;

the effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;

financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislation and regulation relating to bank products and services;

a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks;

management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks; and

any failure by us to successfully replicate or replace certain functions, systems and infrastructure provided by RBS.

In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or share repurchases will depend on our financial condition, earnings, cash needs, regulatory constraints, capital requirements (including requirements of our subsidiaries), and any other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the

57

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


amount of any such dividends. In addition, the timing and manner of the sale of RBS’ remaining ownership of our common stock remains uncertain, and we have no control over the manner in which RBS may seek to divest such remaining shares. Any such sale could impact the price of our shares of common stock.

More information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

    

58

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    We derived the summary Consolidated Operating Data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 and the summary Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of March 31, 2015 from our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.
In our opinion, the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth herein. Our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of those to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015 or for any future period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto .
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
  2015
 
2014
OPERATING DATA:
 
 
 
Net interest income

$836

 

$808

Noninterest income
347

 
358

Total revenue
1,183

 
1,166

Provision for credit losses
58

 
121

Noninterest expense
810

 
810

Income before income tax expense
315

 
235

Income tax expense
106

 
69

Net income

$209

 

$166

Net income per average common share - basic (2)
0.38

 
0.30

Net income per average common share - diluted (2)
0.38

 
0.30

OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 
 
 
Return on average common equity (3) (6)
4.36
%
 
3.48
%
Return on average tangible common equity (1) (6)
6.53

 
5.24

Return on average total assets (4) (6)
0.63

 
0.54

Return on average total tangible assets (1) (6)
0.67

 
0.57

Efficiency ratio (1)
68.49

 
69.43

Net interest margin (5) (6)
2.77

 
2.89





59

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


(in millions)
March 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
Total assets

$136,535

 

$132,857

Loans and leases (7)
94,494

 
93,410

Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,202

 
1,195

Total securities
25,086

 
24,676

Goodwill
6,876

 
6,876

Total liabilities
116,971

 
113,589

Deposits
98,990

 
95,707

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
4,421

 
4,276

Other short-term borrowed funds
7,004

 
6,253

Long-term borrowed funds
3,904

 
4,642

Stockholders’ equity
19,564

 
19,268

OTHER BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
Asset Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.27
%
 
1.28
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases
106

 
109

Nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases
1.20

 
1.18

Capital Ratios: (8)
 
 
 
CET1 risk-based capital ratio (9)
12.2

 
12.4

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (10)
12.2

 
12.4

Total risk-based capital ratio (11)
15.5

 
15.8

Tier 1 leverage ratio (12)
10.5

 
10.6


(1) These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “ —Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) EPS information reflects a 165,582-for-1 forward stock split effective on August 22, 2014.
(3) “Return on average common equity” is defined as net income divided by average common equity.
(4) “Return on average total assets” is defined as net income divided by average total assets.
(5) “Net interest margin” is defined as net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.
(6) Operating ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented on an annualized basis.
(7) Excludes loans held for sale of $376 million and $281 million as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
(8) Basel III transitional rules for institutions applying the standardized approach to calculating risk-weighted assets became effective January 1, 2015. The capital ratios and associated components as of March 31, 2015 are prepared using the Basel III standardized transitional approach. The capital ratios and associated components for periods December 31, 2014 and prior are prepared under the Basel I general risk-based capital rule.
(9) Common equity Tier 1 capital under Basel III replaced Tier 1 common capital under Basel I effective January 1, 2015. “Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio” and “Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio” are Tier 1 capital balance divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III and Basel I, respectively.
(10) “Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio” is Tier 1 capital balance, minus preferred stock, divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III.
(11) “Total risk-based capital ratio” is total capital balance divided by total risk-weighted assets as defined under Basel III.
(12) “Tier 1 Leverage ratio” is Tier 1 capital balance divided by quarterly average total assets as defined under Basel III.



60

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Overview
We were the 13 th largest retail bank holding company in the United States as of March 31, 2015 , according to SNL Financial, with $136.5 billion of total assets. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, we deliver a broad range of retail and commercial banking products and services to individuals, institutions and companies. Our approximately 17,800 employees strive to meet the financial needs of customers and prospects through approximately 1,200 branches and approximately 3,200 ATMs operated in an 11 -state footprint across the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions and through our online, telephone and mobile banking platforms. We conduct our banking operations through our two wholly-owned banking subsidiaries, Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania.
We operate our business through two operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Consumer Banking accounted for $50.3 billion and $46.2 billion , or approximately 53% of our average loan and lease balances (including loans held for sale) for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 . Consumer Banking serves retail customers and small businesses with annual revenues of up to $25 million with products and services that include deposit products, mortgage and home equity lending, student loans, auto financing, credit cards, business loans and wealth management and investment services.
Commercial Banking accounted for $40.2 billion and $36.6 billion , or approximately 43% and 42% of our average loan and lease balances (including loans held for sale) for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Commercial Banking offers a broad complement of financial products and solutions, including lending and leasing, trade financing, deposit and treasury management, foreign exchange and interest rate risk management, corporate finance and debt and equity capital markets capabilities.
As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , we had $2.9 billion and $3.1 billion , respectively, of non-core asset balances, which were included in Other along with our treasury function, securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, goodwill, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to the Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments. Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. We have actively managed these assets down since they were designated as non-core on June 30, 2009, and the portfolio decreased a further 6% as of March 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 . The largest component of our non-core portfolio is our home equity products serviced by others (a portion of which we now service internally).

Recent Events
On April 6, 2015, we completed a private offering of $250 million, or 250,000 shares, 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Preferred Stock”) to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Preferred Stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative, semi-annual basis, beginning on April 6, 2015, at an annual rate equal to 5.500% to, but excluding, April 6, 2020, after which time it converts to a quarterly floating-rate basis equal to three-month LIBOR plus 3.960%. We may redeem the Preferred Stock, subject to regulatory approval, on or after April 6, 2020 or at any time within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event. The net proceeds were used to repurchase 10,473,397 shares of our common stock from RBS, at the purchase price equal to volume-weighted average price of the our common stock for all traded volume over the five trading days preceding the repurchase agreement date of April 1,2015, which reduced RBS’ ownership interest to 40.8%. See Note 9 “Stockholders’ Equity” and Note 23 “Subsequent Events” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
On March 30, 2015, RBS completed the sale of 155.25 million shares, or 28%, of our outstanding common stock at a price to the public of $23.75 per share.


61

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Key Factors Affecting Our Business
Macro-economic conditions
Our business is affected by national, regional and local economic conditions, as well as the perception of those conditions and future economic prospects. The significant macro-economic factors that impact our business are: the U.S. and global economic landscapes, unemployment rates, the housing markets and interest rates.
The U.S. economy, as measured by the real GDP, expanded 0.2% in the first quarter of 2015, as gains in consumer spending were partially offset by slumps in business investment and exports. This expansion followed considerable improvement in the economic landscape in the United States in 2014 , with GDP growth of 2.4% . We currently expect that U.S. GDP growth will rebound in the back half of 2015 but may be challenged in 2016 by a stronger dollar and weak international growth. The Euro area economy expanded 0.3% in the fourth quarter of 2014. Concerns of deflation and less favorable financial condition added to fears of a weaker recovery in Europe. In response, on January 22, 2015, the European Central Bank announced a new quantitative easing plan that includes the purchasing of €60 billion of assets per month, at least through September 2016, contributing to the low domestic rate environment. 
The U.S. unemployment rate dropped to 5.5% at March 31, 2015 from 5.6% at December 31, 2014 . The total nonfarm payroll employment increased by 126,000 in March, after increasing a revised 201,000 and 264,000 in January and February, respectively. The housing market has moved higher year over year from March 31, 2014 to 2015 , as demonstrated by new and existing home sales and home prices.
The Federal Reserve Board maintained very accommodative monetary policy conditions during the first quarter of 2015, continuing to effectively target a zero federal funds rate at the short end of the yield curve. Interest rates remain relatively low. See “—Interest rates” below for further discussion of the impact of interest rates on our results.

Credit trends
Credit trends continued to improve in the first quarter of 2015 as evidenced by a continued reduction in both net charge-offs and nonperforming loans year over year. Net charge-offs in the first quarter of 2015 of $54 million decreased $26 million from $80 million in the fourth quarter of 2014, and $33 million from $87 million in the first quarter of 2014. The decline in net charge-off was driven by improving credit conditions and recoveries. Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of total average loans improved to 0.23% in the first quarter of 2015, compared to 0.35% in the fourth quarter of 2014 and 0.41% in the first quarter of 2014. Nonperforming loans have also improved year over year from 1.57% of total loans during the first quarter of 2014 to 1.20% in the first quarter of 2015, and were flat compared to the fourth quarter of 2014 at 1.18%. Asset quality remained strong and within anticipated parameters across all product areas, consumer and commercial.
Interest rates
Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the contractual yield on such assets and the contractual cost of such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as local economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRBG and market interest rates. For further discussion, refer to “—Risk Governance” and “—Market Risk — Non-Trading Risk.”
The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is largely based on short-term interest rates, which are primarily driven by the Federal Reserve Board’s actions. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are typically driven by short-term and long-term interest rates, which are set by the market or, at times, by the FRBG’s actions. The level of net interest income is therefore influenced by movements in such interest rates and the pace at which such movements occur. In 2014 and through the first quarter of 2015, short-term and long-term interest rates remained at very low levels by historical standards, with many benchmark rates, such as the federal funds rate and one- and three-month LIBOR, near zero. Further declines in the yield curve or a decline in longer-term yields relative to short-term yields (a flatter yield curve) would have an adverse impact on our net interest margin and net interest income.
In 2014 and through the first quarter of 2015, the FRBG maintained a highly accommodative monetary policy, and indicated that this policy would remain in effect for a considerable time after its asset purchase program ended on October 29, 2014 and the economic recovery strengthens in the United States. As of March 31, 2015 , the Federal Reserve Board had ended its

62

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

asset purchases of Treasury securities and agency mortgage-backed securities. However, until further notice, the Federal Reserve Board will continue to re-invest runoff from its $1.7 trillion mortgage-backed portfolio.
Regulatory trends
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, which continue to evolve as the legal and regulatory framework governing our operations continues to change. The current operating environment also has heightened regulatory expectations around many regulations including consumer compliance, the Bank Secrecy Act, and anti-money laundering compliance and increased internal audit activities. As a result of these heightened expectations, we expect to incur additional costs for additional compliance personnel or professional fees associated with advisors and consultants.
Dodd-Frank regulation
As described under “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 — Business included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, we are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act is complex, and many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to final rulemaking or phased implementation that will take effect over several years. The Dodd-Frank Act will continue to impact our earnings through fee reductions, higher costs and imposition of new restrictions on us. The Dodd-Frank Act may also continue to have a material adverse impact on the value of certain assets and liabilities held on our balance sheet. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will depend on regulatory interpretation and rulemaking as well as the success of any of our actions to mitigate the negative impacts of certain provisions. Key parts of the Dodd-Frank Act that specifically impact our business are the repeal of a previous prohibition against payment of interest on demand deposits, which became effective in July 2011, the introduction of a capital planning and stress-testing framework developed by the FRBG, known as CCAR and DFAST. The DFAST process projects net income, loan losses and capital ratios over a nine-quarter horizon under hypothetical, stressful macroeconomic and financial market scenarios developed by the FRBG as well as certain mandated assumptions about capital distributions prescribed in the DFAST rule.
Twice annually, in March and September, we publish estimated impacts of stress, as required by the CCAR and DFAST processes which may be accessed on our regulatory filings and disclosures page on http://investor.citizensbank.com. Consistent with the purpose of these exercises and the assumptions used to assess our performance during hypothetical economic conditions, the projected results under the required stress scenarios show severe negative impacts on earnings. However, these pro forma results should not be interpreted to be management expectations in light of the current economic and operating environment. During March 2015, the Federal Reserve also published results from the latest supervisory stress tests performed for and by large bank holding companies supervised by the Federal Reserve (See FRB website). These tests are conducted and published by the FRB annually in fulfillment of both CCAR and DFAST requirements.
Repeal of the prohibition on depository institutions paying interest on demand deposits
We began offering interest-bearing corporate checking accounts after the 2011 repeal of the prohibition on depository institutions paying interest on demand deposits. Currently, industrywide interest rates for this product are very low and thus far the impact of the repeal has not had a significant effect on our results. However, market rates could increase more significantly in the future. If we need to pay higher interest rates on checking accounts to maintain current clients or attract new clients, our interest expense would increase, perhaps materially. Furthermore, if we fail to offer interest rates at a sufficient level to retain demand deposits, our core deposits may be reduced, which would require us to obtain funding in other ways or limit potential future asset growth.
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCAR is an annual exercise by the FRBG to ensure that the largest bank holding companies have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress and robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks.
As part of CCAR, the FRBG evaluates institutions’ capital adequacy, internal capital adequacy assessment processes and their plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The FRBG may either object to our capital plan, in whole or in part, or provide a notice of non-objection. If the FRBG objects to our capital plan, we may not make any capital distribution other than those with respect to which the FRBG has indicated its non-objection.
In March 2015, the FRBG assessed our current capital plan as submitted and documented under the CCAR process and raised no objection to the plan. Unless we choose to file an amended capital plan prior to April 2016, the maximum levels at which

63

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

we may declare dividends and repurchase shares of our common stock between March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 are now governed by our 2015 capital plan, subject to actual financial performance and ongoing compliance with internal governance and all other regulatory requirements.
Basel III final rules applicable to us and our banking subsidiaries
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, OCC, and FDIC issued the U.S. Basel III final rules. The final rules implement the Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment. Certain aspects of the final rules, such as the new minimum capital ratios, became effective on January 1, 2015. In order to comply with the new capital requirements, we established internal capital ratio targets that meet or exceed U.S. regulatory expectations under fully phased-in Basel III rules, and increased our capital requirements in anticipation of the transition that is underway.
HELOC Payment Shock
Recent attention has been given by regulators, rating agencies, and the general press regarding the potential for increased exposure to credit losses associated with HELOCs that were originated during the period of rapid home price appreciation between 2003 and 2007. Industrywide, many of the HELOCs originated during this timeframe were structured with an extended interest-only payment period followed by a requirement to convert to a higher payment amount that would begin fully amortizing both principal and interest beginning at a certain date in the future. As of March 31, 2015 , approximately 26% of our $15.7 billion HELOC portfolio, or $4.1 billion in drawn balances were subject to a payment reset or balloon payment between April 1, 2015 and December 31, 2017, including $227 million in balloon balances where full payment is due at the end of a ten-year interest only draw period.
To help manage this exposure, in September 2013, we launched a comprehensive program designed to provide heightened customer outreach to inform, educate and assist customers through the reset process as well as to offer alternative financing and forbearance options. Preliminary results indicate that our efforts to assist customers at risk of default have successfully reduced delinquency and charge-off rates compared to our original expectations.
As of March 31, 2015 , for the $898 million of our HELOC portfolio that was originally structured with a reset period in 2014, 93.3% of the balances were refinanced, paid off or were current on payments, 5.0% were past due and 1.7% had been charged off. As of March 31, 2015 , for the $668 million of our HELOC portfolio that was originally structured with a reset period in 2013, 93.3% of the balances had been refinanced, paid off or were current on payments, 3.2% were past due and 3.6% had been charged off. A total of $1.3 billion in balances were originally structured with a reset period in 2015 with $962 million scheduled to reset for the remainder of 2015. Factors that affect our future expectations for charge-off risk for the portion of our HELOC portfolio subject to reset periods in the future include improved loan-to-value ratios resulting from continued home price appreciation, stable portfolio credit score profiles and more robust loss mitigation efforts.
Factors Affecting Comparability of Our Results
Investment in our business
We regularly incur expenses associated with investments in our infrastructure, and, from 2010 to 2014, we invested more than $1.3 billion in infrastructure and technology, and plan to invest an additional $280 million in 2015 and about $170 million in 2016. We have incurred $48 million of expenses associated with investments in our infrastructure spend in the first quarter of 2015. These investments, which are designed to lower our costs and improve our customer experience, include significant programs to enhance our resiliency, upgrade customer-facing technology and streamline operations. Recent significant investments included the 2013 launch of our new teller system, new commercial loan platform and new auto loan platform and the 2013 upgrade of the majority of our ATM network, including equipping more than 1,450 ATMs with advanced deposit-taking functionality as well as additional investment in our Treasury Services platform. These investments also involved spending to prepare for the planned rollout of our new mortgage platform. We expect that these investments will increase our long-term overall efficiency and add to our capacity to increase revenue.
Operating expenses to operate as a fully independent public company
As part of our transition to a stand-alone company, we expect to incur one-time expenditures of approximately $52 million over the course of 2015 to 2017, including capitalized costs of $18 million, as well as ongoing incremental expenses of approximately $34 million per year. We incurred $3 million of one-time expenses in the first quarter of 2015. We expect these ongoing costs will include higher local charges associated with exiting worldwide vendor relationships and incremental expenses to support information technology, compliance, corporate governance, regulatory, financial and risk infrastructure that are necessary to enable us to operate as a fully stand-alone public company.

64

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used by Management
As a banking institution, we manage and evaluate various aspects of both our results of operations and our financial condition. We evaluate the levels and trends of the line items included in our balance sheet and statement of operations, as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. We analyze these ratios and financial trends against our own historical performance, our budgeted performance and the financial condition and performance of comparable banking institutions in our region and nationally.
The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our statement of operations include net interest income, noninterest income, total revenue, provision for credit losses, noninterest expense and net income (loss). The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our balance sheet data include loans and leases, securities, allowance for credit losses, deposits, borrowed funds and derivatives.

Net interest income
Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). The level of net interest income is primarily a function of the average balance of interest-earning assets, the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities and the spread between the contractual yield on such assets and the cost of such liabilities. Net interest income is impacted by the relative mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, movements in market interest rates, levels of nonperforming assets and pricing pressure from competitors. The mix of interest-earning assets is influenced by loan demand and by management’s continual assessment of the rate of return and relative risk associated with various classes of interest-earning assets.

The mix of interest-bearing liabilities is influenced by management’s assessment of the need for lower cost funding sources weighed against relationships with customers and growth requirements and is impacted by competition for deposits in our market and the availability and pricing of other sources of funds.

Noninterest income
The primary components of our noninterest income are service charges and fees, card fees, trust and investment services fees and securities gains, net.

Total revenue
Total revenue is the sum of our net interest income and our noninterest income.

Provision for credit losses
The provision for credit losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment, is required to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an amount that reflects probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate under relevant accounting guidance. The provision for credit losses includes the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded commitments. The determination of the amount of the allowance is complex and involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. For additional information regarding the provision for credit losses, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Noninterest expense
Noninterest expense includes salaries and employee benefits, outside services, occupancy expense, equipment expense, amortization of software, goodwill impairment, and other operating expenses.

Net income
We evaluate our net income based on measures including return on average common equity, return on average total assets, return on average tangible common equity and efficiency ratio.


65

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Loans and leases
We classify our loans and leases pursuant to the following classes: commercial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others, home equity lines of credit serviced by others, automobile, student, credit cards and other retail.
 
Loans are reported at the amount of their outstanding principal, net of charge-offs, unearned income, deferred loan origination fees and costs and unamortized premiums or discounts (on purchased loans). Deferred loan origination fees and costs and purchase discounts and premiums are amortized as an adjustment of yield over the life of the loan, using the level yield interest method. Unamortized amounts remaining upon prepayment or sale are recorded as interest income or gain (loss) on sale, respectively. Credit card receivables include billed and uncollected interest and fees.
Leases are classified at the inception of the lease by type. Lease receivables, including leveraged leases, are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of unearned and deferred income, including unamortized investment credits. Lease residual values are reviewed at least annually for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recognized currently against noninterest income. Leveraged leases are reported net of non-recourse debt. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases.
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value.

Securities
Our securities portfolio is managed to seek return while maintaining prudent levels of quality, market risk and liquidity. Investments in debt and equity securities are carried in four portfolios: AFS, HTM, trading account assets and other investment securities. We determine the appropriate classification at the time of purchase. Securities in our AFS portfolio will be held for indefinite periods of time and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk or other factors relevant to our asset and liability strategy. Securities in our AFS portfolio are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in OCI, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of taxes. Securities are classified as HTM because we have the ability and intent to hold the securities to maturity, and securities in our HTM portfolio are carried at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of being sold in the near term are classified as trading account assets and are carried at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on such assets are reported in noninterest income. Other investment securities are comprised mainly of FHLB stock and FRB stock, which are carried at cost.

Allowance for credit losses
Our estimate of probable losses in the loan and lease portfolios is recorded in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Together these are referred to as the allowance for credit losses. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses using the following ratios: allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases; allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases; and nonperforming loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases. For additional information, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Deposits
Our deposits include: on demand checking, checking with interest, regular savings accounts, money market accounts and term deposits.
 
Borrowed funds
As of March 31, 2015 , our total short-term borrowed funds included federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreement to repurchase, the current portion of FHLB advances and other short-term borrowed funds. As of March 31, 2015 , our long-term borrowed funds included subordinated debt, unsecured notes, Federal Home loan advances and other long-term borrowed funds. For additional information, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Borrowed Funds,” and Note 8 “Borrowed Funds” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.


66

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Derivatives

We use pay-fixed swaps to synthetically lengthen liabilities and offset duration in fixed-rate assets.
During the fourth quarter of 2014 , we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on our medium term fixed-rate borrowings. This agreement involves the receipt of fixed-rate amounts in exchange for floating-rate interest payments over the life of the agreement.
We also use receive-fixed swaps to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating rate assets. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives designated as hedges reflect the market value of these hedge instruments.
We also sell interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forwards to commercial customers. Offsetting swap and forward agreements are simultaneously transacted to minimize our market risk associated with the customer derivative products. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives not designated as hedges reflect the market value of these transactions. For additional information, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Derivatives,” and Note 12 “Derivatives” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We consider various measures when evaluating our performance and making day-to-day operating decisions, as well as evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including:
Return on average common equity, which we define as net income divided by average common equity;
Return on average tangible common equity, which we define as net income divided by average common equity excluding average goodwill, (net of related deferred tax liability), and average other intangibles;
Return on average total assets, which we define as net income divided by average total assets;
Return on average total tangible assets, which we define as net income divided by average total assets excluding average goodwill, (net of related deferred tax liability), and average other intangibles;
Efficiency ratio, which we define as the ratio of our total noninterest expense to the sum of net interest income and total noninterest income. We measure our efficiency ratio to evaluate the efficiency of our operations as it helps us monitor how costs are changing compared to our income. A decrease in our efficiency ratio represents improvement; and
Net interest margin, which we calculate by dividing annualized net interest income for the period by average total interest-earning assets, is a key measure that we use to evaluate our net interest income.
 
Certain of the above financial measures, including return on average tangible common equity, return on average total tangible assets and the efficiency ratio are not recognized under GAAP. In addition, we present net income and return on average tangible common equity, net of restructuring charges and special items for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 . We believe these non-GAAP measures provide useful information to investors because these are among the measures used by our management team to evaluate our operating performance and make day-to-day operating decisions. In addition, we believe restructuring charges and special items in any period do not reflect the operational performance of the business in that period and, accordingly, it is useful to consider these line items with and without restructuring charges and special items. We believe this presentation also increases comparability of period-to-period results.
Prior to first quarter 2015, we also considered pro forma capital ratios defined by banking regulators but not effective at each period end to be non-GAAP financial measures. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess our capital adequacy using these pro forma ratios, we believe they are useful to provide investors the ability to assess our capital adequacy on the same basis.
Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-GAAP measures, but instead to consider them with the most directly comparable GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP.

67

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP:
 
 
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions, except per-share amounts)
Ref.
 
2015

 
2014

Net income (GAAP)
A
 

$209

 

$166

 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible common equity:
 
 
 
 
 
Average common equity (GAAP)

 

$19,407

 

$19,370

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
6,876

 
6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
5

 
7

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
422

 
351

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
B
 

$12,948

 

$12,838

Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (1)
A/B
 
6.53
%
 
5.24
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average total tangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets (GAAP)

 

$133,325

 

$123,904

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
6,876

 
6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 
5

 
7

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 
422

 
351

Average tangible assets (non-GAAP)
C
 

$126,866

 

$117,372

Return on average total tangible assets (non-GAAP) (1)
A/C
 
0.67
%
 
0.57
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio:
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
D
 

$810

 

$810

Net interest income (GAAP)
 
 
836

 
808

Noninterest income (GAAP)
 
 
347

 
358

Total revenue (GAAP)
E
 

$1,183

 

$1,166

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
D/E
 
68.49
%
 
69.43
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense excluding restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest expense (GAAP)
D
 

$810

 

$810

Less: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
1

 

Less: Special items (2)
 
 
9

 

Noninterest expense, excluding restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
F
 

$800

 

$810

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income, excluding restructuring charges and special items:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (GAAP)
A
 

$209

 

$166

Add: Restructuring charges (GAAP)
 
 
1

 

Special items (2)
 
 
5

 

Net income, excluding restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP)
G
 

$215

 

$166

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding restructuring charges and special items (non-GAAP) (1)
G/B
 
6.73
%
 
5.24
%

(1)  Ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented on an annualized basis.
(2)  Special items include expenses related to rebranding, separation from RBS, and regulatory expenses.


68

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 
 
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
(dollars in millions)
Ref.
 
Consumer
Banking
 
Commercial
Banking
 
Other
 
Consolidated
 
Consumer
Banking
 
Commercial
Banking
 
Other
 
Consolidated
Net income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (GAAP)
H
 

$61

 

$147

 

$1

 

$209

 

$32

 

$141

 

($7
)
 

$166

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio:
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total revenue (GAAP)
I
 

$752

 

$376

 

$55

 

$1,183

 

$756

 

$363

 

$47

 

$1,166

Noninterest expense (GAAP)
J
 

$596

 

$173

 

$41

 

$810

 

$638

 

$153

 

$19

 

$810

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)
J/I
 
79.25
%
 
46.01
%
 
NM

 
68.49
%
 
84.39
%
 
42.13
%
 
NM

 
69.43
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average total tangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets (GAAP)

 

$51,602

 

$41,606

 

$40,117

 

$133,325

 

$47,610

 

$36,955

 

$39,339

 

$123,904

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
6,876

 
6,876

 

 

 
6,876

 
6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
5

 
5

 

 

 
7

 
7

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
422

 
422

 

 

 
351

 
351

Average total tangible assets (non-GAAP)
K
 

$51,602

 

$41,606

 

$33,658

 

$126,866

 

$47,610

 

$36,955

 

$32,807

 

$117,372

Return on average total tangible assets (non-GAAP) (1)
H/K
 
0.48
%
 
1.43
%
 
NM

 
0.67
%
 
0.27
%
 
1.54
%
 
NM

 
0.57
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible common equity:
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Average common equity (GAAP) (3)

 

$4,649

 

$4,526

 

$10,232

 

$19,407

 

$4,568

 

$4,023

 

$10,779

 

$19,370

Less: Average goodwill (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
6,876

 
6,876

 

 

 
6,876

 
6,876

Less: Average other intangibles (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
5

 
5

 

 

 
7

 
7

Add: Average deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill (GAAP)
 
 

 

 
422

 
422

 

 

 
351

 
351

Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (3)
L
 

$4,649

 

$4,526

 

$3,773

 

$12,948

 

$4,568

 

$4,023

 

$4,247

 

$12,838

Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (1)(3)
H/L
 
5.30
%
 
13.15
%
 
NM

 
6.53
%
 
2.81
%
 
14.17
%
 
NM

 
5.24
%
(3)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for common equity Tier 1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.

69

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Results of Operations — Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 Compared with Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

Highlights
For the first quarter of 2015:
Net income of $209 million in the first quarter increased $43 million , compared to $166 million in the first quarter of 2014;
Net income included $6 million in after-tax restructuring charges and special noninterest expense items largely related to our ongoing separation from RBS and ongoing efforts to improve processes and enhance efficiencies across the organization. Excluding the restructuring charges and special noninterest expense items, net income increased $49 million , or 30% , to $215 million (1) , compared to $166 million in the first quarter of 2014;
Net interest income of $836 million in the first quarter of 2015 increased $28 million , or 3% , compared to $808 million in the first quarter of 2014, as the benefit of earning asset growth and a reduction in pay-fixed swap costs was partially offset by continued pressure from the relatively persistent low-rate environment on loan yields and mix, the effect of the Chicago Divestiture, higher borrowing costs related to debt issuances, and higher deposit costs;
Net interest margin of 2.77% in the first quarter of 2015 decreased 12 basis points, compared to 2.89% in the first quarter of 2014 given the impact of the continued low-rate environment on loan yields and mix, higher borrowing costs related to the issuance of subordinated debt and senior notes, higher deposit costs and the impact of the Chicago Divestiture;
Noninterest income of $347 million in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $11 million , or 3% , compared to $358 million in the first quarter of 2014, as strength in mortgage banking and capital markets was more than offset by a decrease related to the Chicago Divestiture, and lower securities gains. Excluding both the impact of the Chicago Divestiture and the decrease in securities gains, underlying noninterest income was up approximately 5%;
Noninterest expense of $810 million in the first quarter of 2015 was flat compared with the first quarter of 2014 as the impact of higher salaries and employee benefits expense and amortization of software expense was offset by lower other operating expense, outside services, occupancy and equipment expense, as well as a decrease related to the Chicago Divestiture. First quarter 2015 results also reflected a $10 million increase in restructuring charges and special items from first quarter 2014;
Provision for credit losses totaled $58 million in the first quarter of 2015, down $63 million , or 52% , from $121 million in the first quarter of 2014, reflecting improved credit quality and the effects of a large loan recovery. The first quarter of 2015 included a $4 million reserve build compared to a $34 million build in the first quarter of 2014;
Return on average tangible common equity ratio improved to 6.53% (1) , from 5.24% (1) in the first quarter of 2014. Excluding the impact of restructuring charges and special items mentioned above, our return on average tangible common equity improved to 6.73% (1) from 5.24% (1) from the first quarter of 2014;
Average loans and leases of $94.0 billion increased $7.8 billion , or 9% , from $86.1 billion in the first quarter of 2014, driven by commercial loan growth across most products, and an increase in auto, residential mortgage, and student loans, which were partially offset by a decrease in home equity outstandings and a $729 million reduction in the non-core loan portfolio;
Average interest-bearing deposits of $69.9 billion increased $8.3 billion , or 14% , from $61.6 billion in the first quarter of 2014, driven by growth in all deposit products;
Net charge-offs of $54 million decreased $33 million , or 38% , from $87 million in the first quarter of 2014 due to improving credit conditions and the effect of one large recovery. The allowance for loan and lease losses of $1.2 billion , remained relatively stable compared to the fourth quarter of 2014. Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases was 1.27% as of March 31, 2015, compared with 1.28% as of December 31, 2014. Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans and leases ratio was 106% as of March 31, 2015, compared with 109% as of December 31, 2014; and
Net income per average common share, basic and diluted, was $0.38 compared to $0.30 in the first quarter of 2014.
(1) These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

70

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Net Income
Net income totaled $209 million in the first quarter of 2015, and included $6 million of after-tax restructuring charges and special items related to our separation from RBS and ongoing efforts to improve processes and enhance efficiencies across the organization. Excluding the restructuring charges and special items, net income increased $49 million , or 30% , from the first quarter of 2014, driven by a $63 million decrease in provision expense related to continued improvement in credit quality.
The following table details the significant components of our net income for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015
 
 2014
 
Change

 
Percent

Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income

$836

 

$808

 

$28

 
3
 %
Noninterest income
347

 
358

 
(11
)
 
(3
)
Total revenue
1,183

 
1,166

 
17

 
1

Provision for credit losses
58

 
121

 
(63
)
 
(52
)
Noninterest expense
810

 
810

 

 

Noninterest expense, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
800

 
810

 
(10
)
 
(1
)
Income before income tax expense
315

 
235

 
80

 
34

Income tax expense
106

 
69

 
37

 
54

Net income
209

 
166

 
43

 
26

Net income, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1)
215

 
166

 
49

 
30

Return on average tangible common equity  (1) (2)
6.53
%
 
5.24
%
 
129
 bps
 

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding restructuring charges and special items (1) (2)
6.73
%
 
5.24
%
 
149
 bps
 


(1)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of this non-GAAP financial measure, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented on an annualized basis


71

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income
The following table shows the major components of net interest income and net interest margin:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
Change
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Average
Balances
Income/
Expense
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
Income/
Expense
Yields/
Rates
 
Average
Balances
Yields/
Rates
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing cash and due from banks and deposits in banks

$2,092


$1

0.19
%
 

$1,768


$1

0.23
%
 

$324

(4) bps
Taxable investment securities
24,955

159

2.55

 
23,375

149

2.56

 
1,580

(1)
Non-taxable investment securities
10


2.60

 
11


2.60

 
(1
)
Total investment securities
24,965

159

2.55

 
23,386

149

2.57

 
1,579

(2)
Commercial
31,911

226

2.84

 
29,108

219

3.01

 
2,803

(17)
Commercial real estate
7,700

50

2.59

 
6,898

45

2.58

 
802

1
Leases
3,895

25

2.53

 
3,723

26

2.84

 
172

(31)
Total commercial
43,506

301

2.77

 
39,729

290

2.92

 
3,777

(15)
Residential mortgages
11,855

112

3.79

 
9,889

98

3.98

 
1,966

(19)
Home equity loans
3,332

44

5.40

 
4,231

55

5.23

 
(899
)
17
Home equity lines of credit
15,310

111

2.94

 
15,590

110

2.86

 
(280
)
8
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,193

21

7.09

 
1,454

24

6.79

 
(261
)
30
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
522

3

2.58

 
660

4

2.67

 
(138
)
(9)
Automobile
12,933

89

2.78

 
9,408

59

2.54

 
3,525

24
Student
2,623

33

5.13

 
2,262

25

4.43

 
361

70
Credit cards
1,637

45

11.10

 
1,639

42

10.31

 
(2
)
79
Other retail
1,041

20

7.59

 
1,270

23

7.42

 
(229
)
17
Total retail
50,446

478

3.83

 
46,403

440

3.85

 
4,043

(2)
Total loans and leases
93,952

779

3.34

 
86,132

730

3.41

 
7,820

(7)
Loans held for sale
242

1

2.33

 
127

1

3.29

 
115

(96)
Other loans held for sale
91

2

9.37

 
1,092

12

4.21

 
(1,001
)
NM
Interest-earning assets
121,342

942

3.12

 
112,505

893

3.19

 
8,837

(7)
Allowance for loan and lease losses
(1,192
)
 
 
 
(1,238
)
 
 
 
46

 
Goodwill
6,876

 
 
 
6,876

 
 
 

 
Other noninterest-earning assets
6,299

 
 
 
5,761

 
 
 
538

 
Total noninterest-earning assets
11,983

 
 
 
11,399

 
 
 
584

 
Total assets

$133,325

 
 
 

$123,904

 
 
 

$9,421

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking with interest

$16,039


$4

0.11
%
 

$13,317


$2

0.06
%
 

$2,722

5 bps
Money market and savings
41,666

25

0.25

 
38,919

16

0.17

 
2,747

8
Term deposits
12,184

23

0.78

 
9,334

15

0.65

 
2,850

13
Total interest-bearing deposits
69,889

52

0.31

 
61,570

33

0.22

 
8,319

9
Interest-bearing deposits held for sale



 
4,233

2

0.23

 
(4,233
)
(23)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)
4,607

7

0.60

 
5,707

15

1.02

 
(1,100
)
(42)
Other short-term borrowed funds
6,969

15

0.83

 
3,637

19

2.07

 
3,332

(124)
Long-term borrowed funds
3,930

32

3.27

 
1,405

16

4.61

 
2,525

(134)
Total borrowed funds
15,506

54

1.38

 
10,749

50

1.84

 
4,757

(46)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
85,395

106

0.50

 
76,552

85

0.45

 
8,843

5
Demand deposits
25,756

 
 
 
24,796

 
 
 
960

 
Demand deposits held for sale

 
 
 
997

 
 
 
(997
)
 
Other liabilities
2,767

 
 
 
2,189

 
 
 
578

 
Total liabilities
113,918

 
 
 
104,534

 
 
 
9,384

 
Stockholders’ equity
19,407

 
 
 
19,370

 
 
 
37

 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$133,325

 
 
 

$123,904

 
 
 

$9,421

 
Interest rate spread
 
 
2.62

 
 
 
2.74

 
 
(12)
Net interest income
 

$836

 
 
 

$808

 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
 
 
2.77
%
 
 
 
2.89
%
 
 
(12) bps
Memo: Total deposits (interest-bearing and demand)

$95,645


$52

0.22
%
 

$91,596


$35

0.16
%
 

$4,049

6 bps

(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
(2) Balances are net of certain short-term receivables associated with reverse repurchase agreements. Interest expense includes the full cost of the repurchase agreements and certain hedging costs. The rate on federal funds purchased is elevated due to the impact from pay-fixed interest rate swaps that are scheduled to runoff by the end of 2016 . See “—Analysis of Financial Condition — March 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014 — Derivatives” for further information.

72

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Net interest income of $836 million in the first quarter of 2015 increased $28 million , or 3% , compared to $808 million in the first quarter of 2014, as the benefit of earning asset growth and a reduction in pay-fixed swap costs was partially offset by continued pressure from the relatively persistent low-rate environment on loan yields and mix, the effect of the Chicago Divestiture, higher borrowing costs related to debt issuances, and higher deposit costs.
Average interest-earning assets increased $8.8 billion , or 8%, from first quarter 2014, as a $4.0 billion increase in average retail loans driven by growth in auto, mortgage, and student loan balances, a $3.8 billion increase in average commercial loans and leases, and a $1.9 billion increase in average investments and average interest-bearing deposits, were partially offset by lower home equity loan and line outstandings and a reduction in the non-core loan portfolio.
Net interest margin of 2.77% in the first quarter of 2015 decreased 12 basis points from 2.89% in the first quarter of 2014 given the impact of the continued low-rate environment on loan yields and mix, higher borrowing costs related to the issuance of subordinated debt and senior notes, higher deposit costs, and the impact of the Chicago Divestiture. Average interest-earning asset yields in the first quarter of 2015 of 3.12% declined seven basis points from 3.19% for the same period in 2014, largely reflecting the decline in the loan and lease portfolio yield due to the continued impact of the persistent low-rate environment. Investment portfolio income of $159 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 increased $10 million , or 7% , compared to the three months ended March 31, 2014 , while the yield on investments declined two basis points to 2.55% .
    Total interest-bearing deposit costs for the three months ended March 31, 2015 of $52 million increased $19 million , or 58% , from $33 million in the same period in 2014 and reflected a nine basis point increase in the rate paid on deposits to 0.31% from 0.22% . The increase in cost of deposits can be attributed to a shift in mix to longer duration deposits including strong growth in term deposits and time deposits as well as money market accounts. The cost of term deposits increased to 0.78% in 2015 from 0.65% in 2014 , while rates on money market accounts and savings accounts increased to 0.25% in 2015 from 0.17% in 2014 .
The total borrowed funds costs in the first quarter of 2015 of $54 million increased $4 million , or 8% , from $50 million in the same period in 2014 . Within the federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement category and other short-term borrowed funds, pay-fixed swap expense declined to $15 million for the first quarter of 2015 compared to $29 million for the same period in 2014 . Excluding the impact of hedging costs, total borrowed funds rates were 1.07% and 0.73% in the first quarter of 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The increase in long-term borrowing expense of $16 million is due to the addition of $1.5 billion term-debt as well as a $1.0 billion increase in subordinated debt tied to the bank’s repositioning of its liability and capital structure to better align with peers.

Noninterest Income
The following table details the significant components of our noninterest income for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Service charges and fees

$135

 

$139

 

($4
)
 
(3
%)
Card fees
52

 
56

 
(4
)
 
(7
)
Mortgage banking fees
33

 
20

 
13

 
65

Trust and investment services fees
36

 
39

 
(3
)
 
(8
)
Foreign exchange and trade finance fees
23

 
22

 
1

 
5

Capital markets fees
22

 
18

 
4

 
22

Bank-owned life insurance income
12

 
11

 
1

 
9

Securities gains, net
8

 
25

 
(17
)
 
(68
)
Other income (1)
26

 
28

 
(2
)
 
(7
)
Noninterest income

$347

 

$358

 

($11
)
 
(3
%)

(1) Includes net impairment losses on securities available for sale recognized in earnings and other income.
    
Noninterest income of $347 million in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $11 million , or 3% , compared to $358 million in the first quarter of 2014, driven by strength in mortgage banking and capital markets, offset by lower securities gains and a decrease related to the Chicago Divestiture. Excluding both the impact of the Chicago Divestiture and the decrease in securities gains, underlying noninterest income was up approximately 5%. Service charges and fees decreased $4 million as the benefit of

73

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

underlying growth was more than offset by the impact tied to the Chicago Divestiture. Card fees decreased $4 million driven by a decrease related to the Chicago Divestiture. Trust and investment services fees decreased $3 million reflecting the impact of the Chicago Divestiture and a reduction in investment sales. Mortgage banking income increased $13 million largely reflecting the benefit of the portfolio sales gain as well as higher origination volumes. Capital markets fees increased $4 million, reflecting continued progress in scaling up the business. Securities gains decreased $17 million. Other income was relatively stable as a decrease from relatively elevated first quarter 2014 levels was broadly offset by the benefit of the effect of an accounting change related to the low-income housing investment portfolio, which increased tax expense by a comparable amount.
Provision for Credit Losses
For the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the provision for credit losses was $58 million , down from $121 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 , driven by lower net charge-offs, due primarily to a large commercial recovery and improved credit quality. Current credit trends continued to improve with net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2015 of $54 million compared with $87 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 , a $33 million reduction in net charge-offs driven by increased commercial recoveries and lower net charge-offs in retail.
The provision for loan and lease losses is the result of a detailed analysis performed to estimate an appropriate and adequate ALLL. The total provision for credit losses included the provision for loan and lease losses as well as the provision for unfunded commitments. Refer to “—Analysis of Financial Condition — Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonperforming Assets” for more information.

Noninterest Expense
The following table displays the significant components of our noninterest expense for the periods indicated:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Salaries and employee benefits

$419

 

$405

 

$14

 
3
%
Outside services
79

 
83

 
(4
)
 
(5
)
Occupancy
80

 
81

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Equipment expense
63

 
64

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Amortization of software
36

 
31

 
5

 
16

Other operating expense
133

 
146

 
(13
)
 
(9
)
Noninterest expense

$810

 

$810

 

$—

 
%
        
Noninterest expense of $810 million in the first quarter of 2015 remained relatively stable compared with the first quarter of 2014 as the impact of higher salaries and employee benefits expense and amortization of software expense was offset by lower other operating expense, outside services, occupancy and equipment expense, as well as a decrease related to the Chicago Divestiture. First quarter 2015 results also reflected a $10 million increase in restructuring charges and special items from first quarter 2014.

Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes was $106 million and $69 million in the first quarter of 2015 and 2014 , respectively. This resulted in an effective tax rate of 33.7% and 29.4% in the first quarter of 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The increase in the effective income tax rate from 2014 to 2015 was largely attributable to the adoption of ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The application of this guidance resulted in the reclassification of the amortization of these investments to income tax expense. Additionally, the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2014 reflected the reversal of a deferred tax liability within our leasing entity for which no state tax will be incurred. For further information regarding the adoption of ASU No. 2014-01, see Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

At March 31, 2015 , we reported a net deferred tax liability of $586 million , compared to a $493 million liability at December 31, 2014 . The increase in the net deferred tax liability was largely attributable to a decrease in the unrealized loss reported on securities available for sale, derivative instruments and hedging activities. For further discussion, see Note 11 “Income Taxes” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

74

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


Business Segments
The following tables present certain financial data of our business segments:
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
(dollars in millions)
Consumer Banking
 
Commercial Banking
 
Other

(5)  
Consolidated
Net interest income

$533

 

$276

 

$27

 

$836

Noninterest income
219

 
100

 
28

 
347

Total revenue
752

 
376

 
55

 
1,183

Noninterest expense
596

 
173

 
41

 
810

Profit before provision for credit losses
156

 
203

 
14

 
373

Provision for credit losses
63

 
(21
)
 
16

 
58

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
93

 
224

 
(2
)
 
315

Income tax expense (benefit)
32

 
77

 
(3
)
 
106

Net income

$61

 

$147

 

$1

 

$209

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end)

$50,532

 

$40,642

 

$3,696

 

$94,870

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$51,602

 

$41,606

 

$40,117

 

$133,325

Loans and leases and loans held for sale
50,260

 
40,241

 
3,784

 
94,285

Deposits
67,518

 
21,932

 
6,195

 
95,645

Interest-earning assets
50,294

 
40,344

 
30,704

 
121,342

Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin (1)
4.30
%
 
2.77
%
 
NM

 
2.77
%
Efficiency ratio (2)
79.25

 
46.01

 
NM

 
68.49

Average loans to average deposits ratio (3)
74.44

 
183.48

 
NM

 
98.58

Return on average total tangible assets (1) (2)
0.48

 
1.43

 
NM

 
0.67

Return on average tangible common equity (1) (2) (4)
5.30

 
13.15

 
NM

 
6.53


(1) Ratios for the period ended March 31, 2015 are presented on an annualized basis.
(2)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(3) Ratios include both loans and leases held for sale and deposits held for sale.
(4)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
(5)  Includes the financial impact of non-core, liquidating loan portfolios and other non-core assets, our treasury activities, wholesale funding activities, securities portfolio, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to our Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking segments. For a description of non-core assets, see “—Analysis of Financial Condition — March 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014 — Loans and Leases-Non-Core Assets.”
We operate our business through two operating segments: Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. Segment results are derived from our business line profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses. Residual assets, liabilities, capital and their related revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses are attributed to Other.
 
Other includes our treasury function, securities portfolio, wholesale funding activities, goodwill and goodwill impairment, community development assets and other unallocated assets, liabilities, capital, revenues, provision for credit losses and expenses not attributed to Consumer Banking or Commercial Banking. Other also includes our non-core assets. Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. The non-core portfolio totaled $2.9 billion as of March 31, 2015 , down 6% from December 31, 2014 . The largest component of our non-core portfolio is our home equity products currently or formerly serviced by others portfolio.

Our capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally; however, capital is allocated to the operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for common equity Tier 1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital. Interest income and expense is determined based on the assets and liabilities managed by the business segment. Because funding and asset liability management is a central function, funds transfer-pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used, or credit for the funds provided, to all business segment assets, liabilities and capital, respectively, using a matched funding concept. The residual effect

75

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

on net interest income of asset/liability management, including the residual net interest income related to the funds transfer pricing process, is included in Other.
Provision for credit losses is allocated to each business segment based on actual net charge-offs that have been recognized by the business segment. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the business segments’ net charge-offs is reflected in Other.
Noninterest income and expense directly managed by each business segment, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct revenues and costs are accounted for within each segment’s financial results in a manner similar to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by the business segment. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business segments that directly support another business segment’s operations are charged to the applicable business segment based on its utilization of those services.
Income taxes are assessed to each business segment at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Other.
Developing and applying methodologies used to allocate items among the business segments is a dynamic process. Accordingly, financial results may be revised periodically as management systems are enhanced, methods of evaluating performance or product lines change, or our organizational structure changes.

76

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Consumer Banking
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
              2015
 
              2014
 
Change

 
Percent

Net interest income

$533

 

$537

 

($4
)
 
(1
%)
Noninterest income
219

 
219

 

 

Total revenue
752

 
756

 
(4
)
 
(1
)
Noninterest expense
596

 
638

 
(42
)
 
(7
)
Profit before provision for credit losses
156

 
118

 
38

 
32

Provision for credit losses
63

 
70

 
(7
)
 
(10
)
Income before income tax expense
93

 
48

 
45

 
94

Income tax expense
32

 
16

 
16

 
100

Net income

$61

 

$32

 

$29

 
91

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end) (1)

$50,532

 

$46,833

 

$3,699

 
8

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$51,602

 

$47,610

 

$3,992

 
8

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
50,260

 
46,154

 
4,106

 
9

Deposits and deposits held for sale (2)
67,518

 
70,769

 
(3,251
)
 
(5
)
Interest-earning assets
50,294

 
46,185

 
4,109

 
9
%
Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin (3)
4.30
%
 
4.72
%
 
(42) bps

 

Efficiency ratio (4)
79.25

 
84.39

 
(514) bps

 

Average loans to average deposits ratio (5)
74.44

 
65.22

 
922 bps

 

Return on average total tangible assets (3) (4)
0.48

 
0.27

 
21 bps

 

Return on average tangible common equity  (3) (4) (6)
5.30

 
2.81

 
249 bps

 


(1)   March 31, 2014 loans held for sale include loans relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(2) March 31, 2014 deposits held for sale include deposits relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(3) Ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented on an annualized basis.
(4)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(5) Ratios include both loans and leases held for sale and deposits held for sale.
(6)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Consumer Banking net income of $61 million for the first quarter of 2015 increased $29 million , or 91% , from $32 million in the first quarter of 2014, as a reduction in noninterest expense and provision for credit losses more than offset the impact of lower revenue. First quarter 2014 results included revenue and expenses associated with the Chicago Divestiture.
Consumer Banking total revenue of $752 million in the first quarter of 2015 remained relatively stable compared to $756 million in the first quarter of 2014. Total revenue before the effect of the Chicago Divestiture increased driven by higher net interest income and noninterest income.
Net interest income results reflected loan growth particularly in auto, residential mortgage, and student partially offset by the effect of the relatively persistent low-rate environment. Noninterest income increased before the impact of the Chicago Divestiture, driven by strength in mortgage banking, including the impact of the conforming mortgage sales gain, and higher service charges and fees driven by the first quarter 2014 launch of the One Deposit product.
Noninterest expense of $596 million in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $42 million , or 7% , from the first quarter of 2014. Noninterest expense decreased before the impact of the Chicago Divestiture, largely reflecting our focus on improving efficiency which more than offset continued investment in the business to drive further growth.
Provision for credit losses of $63 million in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $7 million , or 10% , from $70 million in the first quarter of 2014, largely reflecting continued improvement in credit quality.
    

77

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Commercial Banking
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
              2015
 
              2014
 
Change

 
Percent

Net interest income

$276

 

$256

 

$20

 
8
%
Noninterest income
100

 
107

 
(7
)
 
(7
)
Total revenue
376

 
363

 
13

 
4

Noninterest expense
173

 
153

 
20

 
13

Profit before provision for credit losses
203

 
210

 
(7
)
 
(3
)
Provision for credit losses
(21
)
 
(5
)
 
(16
)
 
(320
)
Income before income tax expense
224

 
215

 
9

 
4

Income tax expense
77

 
74

 
3

 
4

Net income

$147

 

$141

 

$6

 
4

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end) (1)

$40,642

 

$37,068

 

$3,574

 
10

Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$41,606

 

$36,955

 

$4,651

 
13

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (1)
40,241

 
36,577

 
3,664

 
10

Deposits and deposits held for sale (2)
21,932

 
17,440

 
4,492

 
26

Interest-earning assets
40,344

 
36,716

 
3,628

 
10
%
Key Metrics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin (3)
2.77
%
 
2.83
%
 
(6) bps

 

Efficiency ratio (4)
46.01

 
42.13

 
388 bps

 

Average loans to average deposits ratio (5)
183.48

 
209.74

 
(2,626) bps

 

Return on average total tangible assets (3) (4)
1.43

 
1.54

 
(11) bps

 

Return on average tangible common equity  (3) (4) (6)
13.15

 
14.17

 
(102) bps

 


(1)   March 31, 2014 loans held for sale include loans relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(2) March 31, 2014 deposits held for sale include deposits relating to the Chicago Divestiture.
(3) Ratios for the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented on an annualized basis.
(4)  These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(5) Ratios include both loans and leases held for sale and deposits held for sale.
(6)  Operating segments are allocated capital on a risk-adjusted basis considering economic and regulatory capital requirements. We approximate that regulatory capital is equivalent to a sustainable target level for CET1 and then allocate that approximation to the segments based on economic capital.
Commercial Banking net income of $147 million in the first quarter of 2015 increased $6 million , or 4% , from $141 million in the first quarter of 2014, as the benefit of a $13 million increase in total revenue and a $16 million decrease in provision for credit losses was partially offset by a $20 million increase in noninterest expense.
Net interest income of $276 million in the first quarter of 2015 increased $20 million , or 8% , from $256 million in the first quarter of 2014, reflecting the benefit of a $3.7 billion increase in average loans and leases.
Noninterest income of $100 million in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $7 million , or 7% , from $107 million in the first quarter of 2014, as strength in capital markets fees were more than offset by a decline in leasing income from unusually high first quarter 2014 levels as well as lower interest rate products fees.
Noninterest expense of $173 million in the first quarter of 2015 increased $20 million , or 13% , from $153 million in the first quarter of 2014, reflecting increased salary and benefits costs, and insurance and tax expense.
Provision for credit losses of $21 million in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $16 million from a $5 million release in the first quarter of 2014, reflecting higher recoveries on prior period charge-offs, due primarily to one $15 million recovery.


78

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Other
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
 
 
(dollars in millions)
2015

 
2014

 
Change

 
Percent

Net interest income

$27

 

$15

 

$12

 
80
%
Noninterest income
28

 
32

 
(4
)
 
(13
)
Total revenue
55

 
47

 
8

 
17

Noninterest expense
41

 
19

 
22

 
116

Profit before provision for credit losses
14

 
28

 
(14
)
 
(50
)
Provision for credit losses
16

 
56

 
(40
)
 
(71
)
Loss before income tax benefit
(2
)
 
(28
)
 
26

 
93

Income tax benefit
(3
)
 
(21
)
 
18

 
86

Net income (loss)

$1

 

($7
)
 

$8

 
114

Loans and leases and loans held for sale (period-end)

$3,696

 

$4,561

 

($865
)
 
(19
)
Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets

$40,117

 

$39,339

 

$778

 
2

Loans and leases and loans held for sale
3,784

 
4,620

 
(836
)
 
(18
)
Deposits and deposits held for sale
6,195

 
3,387

 
2,808

 
83

Interest-earning assets
30,704

 
29,604

 
1,100

 
4
 %
Other recorded net income of $1 million in the first quarter of 2015 compared with a net loss of $7 million in the first quarter of 2014. Net interest income in the first quarter of 2015 increased $12 million to $27 million compared to $15 million in the first quarter of 2014. The increase was driven by an increase in residual net interest income related to funds transfer pricing, a reduction in interest rate swap costs, and the benefit of a $1.9 billion increase in average investment securities, partially offset by higher wholesale funding costs and a $729 million decrease in average non-core loan balances.
Noninterest income in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $4 million driven by a $17 million reduction in securities gains partially offset by an accounting change for low-income housing investments, which are now included in income tax expense.
Noninterest expense in the first quarter of 2015 of $41 million increased $22 million from the first quarter of 2014 largely reflecting higher restructuring charges and special items, and higher employee incentive costs.
The provision for credit losses within Other mainly represents the residual change in the consolidated allowance for credit losses after attributing the respective net charge-offs to the Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking segments. It also includes net charge-offs related to the non-core portfolio. The provision for credit losses in the first quarter of 2015 decreased $40 million to $16 million compared to $56 million in the first quarter of 2014, reflecting continued improvement in credit quality and a decrease in non-core net charge-offs of $11 million compared to $22 million in the first quarter of 2014. On a quarterly basis, we review and refine our estimate of the allowance for credit losses, taking into consideration changes in portfolio size and composition, historical loss experience, internal risk ratings, current economic conditions, industry performance trends and other pertinent information. The provision also reflected an increase in overall credit exposure associated with growth in our loan portfolio. As of March 31, 2015 , changes in these factors led to an increase of $4 million in the allowance for credit losses compared with an increase of $34 million in the first quarter of 2014.


79

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Analysis of Financial Condition — March 31, 2015 Compared with December 31, 2014
Loans and Leases
The following table shows the composition of loans and leases, including non-core loans, as of:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Change

 
 Percent

Commercial

$32,249

 

$31,431

 

$818

 
3
 %
Commercial real estate
7,863

 
7,809

 
54

 
1

Leases
3,870

 
3,986

 
(116
)
 
(3
)
Total commercial
43,982

 
43,226

 
756

 
2

Residential mortgages
11,808

 
11,832

 
(24
)
 

Home equity loans
3,212

 
3,424

 
(212
)
 
(6
)
Home equity lines of credit
15,127

 
15,423

 
(296
)
 
(2
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,192

 
1,228

 
(36
)
 
(3
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
544

 
550

 
(6
)
 
(1
)
Automobile
13,179

 
12,706

 
473

 
4

Student
2,852

 
2,256

 
596

 
26

Credit cards
1,588

 
1,693

 
(105
)
 
(6
)
Other retail
1,010

 
1,072

 
(62
)
 
(6
)
Total retail
50,512

 
50,184

 
328

 
1

Total loans and leases (2) (3)

$94,494

 

$93,410

 

$1,084

 
1
%

(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.
( 2)  Excluded from the table above are loans held for sale totaling $376 million and $281 million as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.
(3) Mortgage loans serviced for others by our subsidiaries are not included above, and amounted to $18.0 billion and $17.9 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively.

Our loans and leases are disclosed in portfolio segments and classes. Our loan and lease portfolio segments are commercial and retail. The classes of loans and leases are: commercial, commercial real estate, leases, residential mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, home equity loans serviced by others, home equity lines of credit serviced by others, automobile, student, credit cards and other retail.

As of March 31, 2015 , our loans and leases portfolio increased $1.1 billion , or 1% , to $94.5 billion compared to $93.4 billion as of December 31, 2014 , reflecting growth in both retail and commercial. Total commercial loans and leases of $44.0 billion grew $756 million , or 2% , from $43.2 billion as of December 31, 2014 reflecting commercial loan growth of $818 million and modest growth in commercial real estate offset by lower lease outstandings. Total retail loans of $50.5 billion increased $328 million , or 1% , from $50.2 billion as of December 31, 2014 , driven by a $596 million , or 26% , increase in student loans and a $473 million , or 4% , increase in auto, partially offset by decreases in residential mortgage and home equity outstandings.

The effect of first quarter 2015 loan purchases and sales, net of runoff of previously purchased loans, increased period-end loans by $151 million. See Note 3 “Loans and Leases” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report, for further information.


80

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Non-Core Assets     
The table below shows the composition of our non-core assets as of the dates indicated:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
(Date of Designation) June 30, 2009
 
Change from 2015-2014
 
 Change from 2015-2009
Commercial

$55

 

$68

 

$1,900

 
(19
%)
 
(97
%)
Commercial real estate
192

 
216

 
3,412

 
(11
)
 
(94
)
Total commercial
247

 
284

 
5,312

 
(13
)
 
(95
)
Residential mortgages
347

 
365

 
1,467

 
(5
)
 
(76
)
Home equity loans
84

 
118

 
384

 
(29
)
 
(78
)
Home equity lines of credit
86

 
121

 
231

 
(29
)
 
(63
)
Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
1,192

 
1,228

 
4,591

 
(3
)
 
(74
)
Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
544

 
550

 
1,589

 
(1
)
 
(66
)
Automobile

 

 
769

 

 
(100
)
Student
361

 
369

 
1,495

 
(2
)
 
(76
)
Credit cards

 

 
995

 

 
(100
)
Other retail

 

 
3,268

 

 
(100
)
Total retail
2,614

 
2,751

 
14,789

 
(5
)
 
(82
)
Total non-core loans
2,861

 
3,035

 
20,101

 
(6
)
 
(86
)
Other assets
65

 
65

 
378

 

 
(83
)
Total non-core assets

$2,926

 

$3,100

 

$20,479

 
(6
%)
 
(86
%)
(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.

Non-core assets are primarily loans inconsistent with our strategic goals, generally as a result of geographic location, industry, product type or risk level. We have actively managed these loans down since they were designated as non-core on June 30, 2009. Between that time and March 31, 2015 , the portfolio has decreased $17.6 billion , including principal repayments of $9.6 billion ; charge-offs of $3.9 billion ; transfers back to the core portfolio of $2.8 billion ; and sales of $1.3 billion .

Transfers from non-core back to core are handled on an individual request basis and managed through the chief credit officer for our non-core portfolio. The rationale can vary and in the past some loan portfolio transfers have been approved after determination that the original decision to place them in non-core was not deemed appropriate. Individual loans can be reconsidered when the customer prospects change—typically related to situations where a non-strategic customer becomes a strategic customer due to growth or a new credit request that was previously considered to be unlikely.

Non-core assets totaled $2.9 billion as of March 31, 2015 , down 6% from December 31, 2014 driven by principal repayments of $163 million . Commercial non-core loan balances declined 13% compared to December 31, 2014 , ending at $247 million compared to $284 million at December 31, 2014 . Retail non-core loan balances of $2.6 billion decreased 5% , or $137 million , compared to December 31, 2014 .

The largest component of our non-core portfolio is the home equity SBO portfolio. The SBO portfolio is a liquidating portfolio consisting of pools of home equity loans and lines of credit purchased between 2003 and 2007. Although our SBO portfolio consists of loans that were initially serviced by others, we now service a portion of this portfolio internally. SBO balances serviced externally totaled $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. The SBO portfolio has been closed to new purchases since the third quarter of 2007, with exposure down to $1.7 billion as of March 31, 2015 , compared to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2014 . The SBO portfolio represented 5% of the retail real estate secured portfolio and 3% of the overall retail loan portfolio as of March 31, 2015 .

    The credit profile of the SBO portfolio was significantly weaker than the core real estate portfolio, with a weighted-average refreshed FICO score of 718 and CLTV of 90.4% as of March 31, 2015 . The proportion of the portfolio in a second lien (subordinated) position was 95% with 72% of the portfolio in out-of-footprint geographies including 28% in California, Nevada, Arizona and Florida.
SBO credit performance continued to improve in 2015 driven by continued portfolio liquidation (the weakest performing loans have already been charged off), more effective account servicing and collection strategies, and improvements in the real

81

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

estate market. SBO portfolio charge-offs of $7 million , or 1.5% annualized, as of March 31, 2015 improved from 2.1% , for the full year 2014.
Allowance for Credit Losses and Nonperforming Assets
We and our banking subsidiaries, CBNA and CBPA, maintain an allowance for credit losses, consisting of an ALLL and a reserve for unfunded lending commitments. This allowance is created through charges to income, or provision for credit losses, and is maintained at an appropriate level adequate to absorb anticipated losses and is determined in accordance with GAAP. For further information on our processes to determine our allowance for credit losses, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
    
The allowance for credit losses totaled $1.3 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 . Our allowance for loan and lease losses was 1.3% of total loans and leases and 106% of nonperforming loans and leases as of March 31, 2015 compared with 1.3% and 109% as of December 31, 2014 . The total loan portfolio credit performance continued to improve across most credit measures in the three months ended March 31, 2015 . Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2015 of $54 million decreased 38% compared to $87 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 , primarily driven by a large recovery in commercial real estate and lower net charge-offs in the residential mortgage and home equity products portfolios. The portfolio annualized net charge-off rate declined to 0.23% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 from 0.41% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 . The delinquency rate improved to 1.4% as of March 31, 2015 from 1.5% at December 31, 2014 . Nonperforming loans and leases totaled $1.1 billion , or 1.2% , of the total portfolio as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 . At March 31, 2015 , $746 million of nonperforming loans and leases had been designated as impaired and had no specific allowance because they had been written down to the fair value of their collateral. These loans included $669 million of retail loans and $77 million of commercial loans.
    
Commercial Loan Asset Quality
    
Our commercial loan portfolio consists of traditional commercial and commercial real estate loans. The portfolio is predominantly focused on customers in our footprint where our local delivery model provides for strong client connectivity. However, we also do business in certain specialized industry sectors on a national basis.
 
For commercial loans and leases, we use regulatory classification ratings to monitor credit quality. Loans with a “pass” rating are those that we believe will be fully repaid in accordance with the contractual loan terms. Commercial loans and leases that are “criticized” are those that have some weakness that indicates an increased probability of future loss. See Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
During the three months ended March 31, 2015 , the quality of the commercial loan portfolio remained steady. As of March 31, 2015 , total criticized loans remained flat on a percentage basis but increased slightly on an absolute basis ending at 4.5% , or $2.0 billion , of the commercial loan portfolio compared to 4.5% , or $1.9 billion , at December 31, 2014 . Commercial real estate criticized balances decreased to 4.0% , or $316 million , of the commercial real estate portfolio compared to 5.8% , or $455 million , as of December 31, 2014 . Commercial real estate accounted for 15.8% of the criticized loans as of March 31, 2015 , compared to 23.6% as of December 31, 2014 .
    
Nonperforming balances and charge-offs improved and as of March 31, 2015 , nonperforming commercial balances decreased $6 million , or 3.7% , to $158 million , compared to $164 million as of December 31, 2014 , with a 20% decline in commercial real estate nonperforming loans over the same period. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , nonperforming commercial loans stood at 0.4% of the commercial loan portfolio . Net charge-offs in our commercial loan portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2015 reflected a net recovery of $22 million compared to a net charge-off of $15 million for the three months ended December 31, 2014 . See “—Key Factors Affecting Our Business — Credit Trends” for further details.

Retail Loan Asset Quality
    
For retail loans, we primarily use the loan’s payment and delinquency status to monitor credit quality. The longer a loan is past due, the greater the likelihood of future credit loss. These credit quality indicators are continually updated and monitored. Our retail loan portfolio remains predominantly focused on lending across the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions,

82

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

with continued geographic expansion outside the footprint with the auto finance and student lending portfolios. Originations within the footprint are primarily initiated through the branch network, whereas out-of-footprint lending is driven by indirect auto loans in dealer networks and through purchase agreements, and student loans via our online platform.
The credit composition of our retail loan portfolio at March 31, 2015 remained favorable and well-positioned across all product lines with an average refreshed FICO score of 754 , in line with December 31, 2014 . Our real estate CLTV ratio is calculated as the mortgage and 2 nd lien loan amount divided by the appraised value of the property and was 64.7% as of March 31, 2015 compared to 65.4% as of December 31, 2014 . Excluding the SBO portfolio, the real estate combined loan-to-value was 63.1% as of March 31, 2015 compared to 63.8% as of December 31, 2014 . Asset quality remains stable with a net charge-off rate (core and non-core) of 0.61% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 , essentially flat from the three months ended December 31, 2014 and a decrease of 23 basis points from the three months ended March 31, 2014 .
    
Nonperforming retail loans as a percentage of total retail loans were 1.9% as of March 31, 2015 which increased 7 basis points from December 31, 2014 . Retail nonaccrual loans of $972 million at March 31, 2015 increased $42 million from $930 million at December 31, 2014 driven by increases in home equity, student, and automobile portfolios, largely reflecting expected portfolio seasoning and growth, and enhancements to our accrual designation procedures (such as the use of tools to determine delinquencies of first lien mortgages where we hold the 2 nd lien).
    
Special Topics-HELOC Payment Shock
    
For further information regarding the possible HELOC payment shock, see “—Key Factors Affecting Our Business — HELOC Payment Shock.”
    
Troubled Debt Restructuring
    
TDR is the classification given to a loan that has been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower that is experiencing financial hardship that we would not otherwise make. TDRs typically result from our loss mitigation efforts and are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery and continuity of the relationship. Our loan modifications are handled on a case by case basis and are negotiated to achieve mutually agreeable terms that maximize loan collectability and meet our borrower’s financial needs. The types of concessions include interest rate reductions, term extensions, principal forgiveness and other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside lending policy. Depending on the specific facts and circumstances of the customer, restructuring can involve loans moving to nonaccrual, remaining on nonaccrual or continuing on accrual status. As of March 31, 2015 , we had $1.2 billion classified as retail TDRs which was flat to December 31, 2014 at $1.2 billion . In the retail TDR population, $419 million were in nonaccrual status of which 54.1% were current in payment. TDRs generally return to accrual status once repayment capacity and appropriate payment history can be established. TDRs are evaluated for impairment individually. Loans are classified as TDRs until paid off, sold or refinanced at market terms.

83

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

For additional information regarding TDRs, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses,” Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets, and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
The table below presents our retail TDRs in delinquent status:
 
March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Current

 
30-89 Days
Past Due
 
90+ Days
Past Due
 
Total

Recorded Investment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages

$329

 

$45

 

$71

 

$445

Home equity loans
211

 
25

 
37

 
273

Home equity lines of credit
131

 
9

 
17

 
157

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
79

 
4

 
5

 
88

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
9

 
1

 
1

 
11

Automobile
11

 
1

 

 
12

Student
158

 
7

 
1

 
166

Credit cards
28

 
2

 
1

 
31

Other retail
18

 
1

 

 
19

Total

$974

 

$95

 

$133

 

$1,202


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.

The table below presents the accrual status of our retail TDRs:
 
March 31, 2015
(in millions)
Accruing

 
Nonaccruing

 
Total

Recorded Investment:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages

$285

 

$160

 

$445

Home equity loans
171

 
102

 
273

Home equity lines of credit
63

 
94

 
157

Home equity loans serviced by others (1)
61

 
27

 
88

Home equity lines of credit serviced by others (1)
3

 
8

 
11

Automobile
3

 
9

 
12

Student
149

 
17

 
166

Credit cards
30

 
1

 
31

Other retail
18

 
1

 
19

Total

$783

 

$419

 

$1,202


(1) Our SBO portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines that were originally serviced by others. We now service a portion of this portfolio internally.


84

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Securities
Our securities portfolio is managed to seek return while maintaining prudent levels of quality, market risk and liquidity. The following table presents our available for sale and held to maturity portfolios:
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
(dollars in millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Change in Fair Value
Securities Available for Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury

$15

 

$15

 

$15

 

$15

 

$—

 
 %
State and political subdivisions
10

 
10

 
10

 
10

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities
17,999

 
18,356

 
17,683

 
17,934

 
422

 
2

Other/non-agency
667

 
640

 
703

 
672

 
(32
)
 
(5
)
Total mortgage-backed securities
18,666

 
18,996

 
18,386

 
18,606

 
390

 
2

Total debt securities
18,691

 
19,021

 
18,411

 
18,631

 
390

 
2

Marketable equity securities
7

 
8

 
10

 
13

 
(5
)
 
(38
)
Other equity securities
12

 
12

 
12

 
12

 

 

Total equity securities
19

 
20

 
22

 
25

 
(5
)
 
(20
)
   Total securities available for sale

$18,710

 

$19,041

 

$18,433

 

$18,656

 

$385

 
2

Securities Held to Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities

$3,799

 

$3,847

 

$3,728

 

$3,719

 

$128

 
3

Other/non-agency
1,379

 
1,434

 
1,420

 
1,474

 
(40
)
 
(3
)
   Total securities held to maturity

$5,178

 

$5,281

 

$5,148

 

$5,193

 

$88

 
2

   Total securities available for sale and held to maturity

$23,888

 

$24,322

 

$23,581

 

$23,849

 

$473

 
2
 %

As of March 31, 2015 , the fair value of the securities portfolio increased by $473 million , or 2% , to $24.3 billion , compared to $23.8 billion as of December 31, 2014 , reflecting the investment of funds as deposit increases outpaced loan growth, and our decision to continue to increase interest-earning assets to a level more consistent with our capital levels. As of March 31, 2015 , the portfolio had a weighted-average duration of 3.1 years compared with 3.5 years as of December 31, 2014 .
The securities portfolio included high quality, highly liquid investments reflecting our ongoing commitment to maintaining appropriate contingent liquidity and pledging capacity. U.S. Government guaranteed notes and government sponsored entity issued mortgage-backed securities represented the vast majority of the securities portfolio holdings. The portfolio composition has also been dominated by holdings backed by mortgages so that they can be pledged to the FHLBs. This has become increasingly important due to the enhanced liquidity requirements of the liquidity coverage ratio. For further discussion of the liquidity coverage ratios, see “Regulation and Supervision — Liquidity Standards” in Part I, Item 1 — Business, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Securities portfolio income of $148 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 , increased $7 million , or 5% , from $141 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 , and reflected a yield of 2.47% compared with 2.51% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 .

85

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Deposits

The table below represents the major components of our deposits:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Change

 
Percent

Demand

$26,670

 

$26,086

 

$584

 
2
%
Checking with interest
16,738

 
16,394

 
344

 
2

Regular savings
8,398

 
7,824

 
574

 
7

Money market accounts
34,543

 
33,345

 
1,198

 
4

Term deposits
12,641

 
12,058

 
583

 
5

Total deposits

$98,990

 

$95,707

 

$3,283

 
3
%
    
Total deposits as of March 31, 2015 , increased $3.3 billion , or 3% , to $99.0 billion compared to $95.7 billion as of December 31, 2014 . All categories of deposits increased, led by money market accounts which increased by $1.2 billion , or 4% .

Borrowed Funds
The tables below present our borrowed funds.

The following is a summary of our short-term borrowed funds:
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Change

 
Percent

Federal funds purchased

$—

 

$574

 

($574
)
 
(100
%)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
4,421

 
3,702

 
719

 
19

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
7,004

 
6,253

 
751

 
12

Total short-term borrowed funds

$11,425

 

$10,529

 

$896

 
9
%

Key data related to short-term borrowed funds is presented in the following table:
(dollars in millions)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014
Weighted-average interest rate at period-end:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.22
%
 
0.14
%
 
0.10
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.26

 
0.26

 
0.26

Maximum amount outstanding at month-end during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$5,375

 

$7,022

 

$7,022

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
7,004

 
7,702

 
4,950

Average amount outstanding during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$4,607

 

$5,699

 

$5,707

Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
6,969

 
5,640

 
3,636

Weighted-average interest rate during the period:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
0.18
%
 
0.12
%
 
0.12
%
Other short-term borrowed funds (primarily current portion of FHLB advances)
0.26

 
0.25

 
0.27



86

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following is a summary of our long-term borrowed funds:
(in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
4.150% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2022

$350

 

$350

5.158% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debt, (LIBOR + 3.56%) callable, due 2023 (1)
333

 
333

4.771% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2023 (1)
333

 
333

4.691% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)
334

 
334

4.153% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)
333

 
333

4.023% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2024 (1)
333

 
333

4.082% fixed rate subordinated debt, due 2025 (1)
334

 
334

Banking Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
1.600% senior unsecured notes, due 2017 (2)

750

 
750

2.450% senior unsecured notes, due 2019 (2) (3)

755

 
746

Federal Home Loan advances due through 2033
20

 
772

Other
29

 
24

Total long-term borrowed funds

$3,904

 

$4,642


(1) Intercompany borrowed funds with RBS. See Note 14 “Related Party Transactions” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
(2) These securities were offered under Citizens Bank, N.A.’s Global Bank Note Program dated December 1, 2014.
(3) $750 million principal balance of unsecured notes presented net of $5 million hedge of interest rate risk on medium term debt using interest rate swaps. See Note 12 “Derivatives” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Short-Term Borrowed Funds
Short-term borrowed funds of $11.4 billion as of March 31, 2015 , increased $896 million from $10.5 billion as of December 31, 2014 primarily driven by long-term FHLB advances that have a remaining maturity of less than one year at the end of March.
As of March 31, 2015 , our total contingent liquidity was $21.9 billion , consisting of net cash at the Federal Reserve (which is defined as excess cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Banks plus federal funds sold minus federal funds purchased) of $4.0 billion , unencumbered high-quality securities totaling $14.0 billion and unused FHLB capacity of approximately $3.9 billion . Additionally, unencumbered loans pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks of $7.9 billion , created total available liquidity of approximately $29.9 billion .
Long-Term Borrowed Funds
Long-term borrowed funds of $3.9 billion as of March 31, 2015 decreased $738 million from $4.6 billion as of December 31, 2014 primarily driven by FHLB advance with an original maturity date of greater than one year falling out of the long-term category this quarter.
 
Access to additional funding through repurchase agreements, collateralized borrowed funds or asset sales is available. Additionally, there is capacity to grow deposits or issue senior notes. We have been able to meet our funding needs for the medium term with deposits and collateralized borrowed funds.

Derivatives
We use derivatives to manage interest-rate risk which are grouped into three categories according to hedged item and strategy.
We use pay-fixed swaps to synthetically lengthen liabilities and offset duration in fixed-rate assets. Notional balances totaled $2.8 billion as of March 31, 2015 , compared with $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2014 , as we added $1.8 billion of new forward-starting swaps in the first quarter 2015 to rebalance our interest profile. Pay-fixed rates on the swaps ranged from 2.03% to 4.30% as of March 31, 2015 , compared to 4.18% to 4.30% as of December 31, 2014 . We received the daily Federal Funds

87

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

effective rate on the legacy $1.0 billion notional. The hedges that were added in the first quarter 2015 are forward starting and begin accruing interest in 2017, at which point we will receive one-month LIBOR and pay an average fixed rate of 2.07%.
We use receive-fixed swaps to minimize the exposure to variability in the interest cash flows on our floating rate assets. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , the notional amount of receive-fixed swap hedges of floating-rate loans totaled $4.0 billion , and the fixed-rate range was 1.78% to 2.04% , and we paid one-month LIBOR on these swaps.
In December 2014, we entered into a $750 million receive-fixed interest-rate swap agreement to manage the interest rate exposure on our five-year medium term fixed-rate debt issued in December 2014. This agreement converts the 2.45% fixed-rate debt coupon to three-month LIBOR plus 79 basis points. We receive a fixed rate of 1.66% on the swap agreement and pay three-month LIBOR.
We also sell interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forwards to commercial customers. Offsetting swap and forward agreements are simultaneously transacted to minimize our market risk associated with the customer derivative products. The assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives not designated as hedges reflect the market value of these transactions.
At March 31, 2015, the overall derivative asset value increased $113 million and the liability balance increased by $4 million from December 31, 2014, primarily due to decreased fixed interest rates at March 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 and increased notional balances for the same period.
The table below presents our derivative assets and liabilities. For additional information regarding our derivative instruments, see Note 12 “Derivatives” in our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Changes in Net
Assets/
Liabilities
(dollars in millions)
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
 
Notional Amount (1)
Derivative Assets
Derivative Liabilities
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps

$7,500


$89


$55

 

$5,750


$24


$99

 
(145
%)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
32,632

655

569

 
31,848

589

501

 
(2
)
Foreign exchange contracts
8,046

253

247

 
8,359

170

164

 

Other contracts
1,144

9

9

 
730

7

9

 
(100
)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
917

825

 
 
766

674

 

Gross derivative fair values
 
1,006

880

 
 
790

773

 
641

Less: Gross amounts offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (2)  
 
(264
)
(264
)
 
 
(161
)
(161
)
 
 
Total net derivative fair values presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (3)
 

$742


$616

 
 

$629


$612

 
 

(1) The notional or contractual amount of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments under the contract are based. For interest rate derivatives, the notional amount is typically not exchanged. Therefore, notional amounts should not be taken as the measure of credit or market risk as they tend to greatly overstate the true economic risk of these contracts.
(2) Amounts represent the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow us to settle positive and negative positions.
(3) We also offset assets and liabilities associated with repurchase agreements on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 2, “Securities,” in our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Capital
As a bank holding company and a financial holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRBG. Our primary subsidiaries are our two insured depository institutions, CBNA, a national banking association whose primary federal regulator is the OCC, and CBPA, a Pennsylvania-charted savings bank regulated by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and supervised by the FDIC as its primary federal regulator.
Under the Basel I capital framework in effect for us at December 31, 2014, the FRBG required us to maintain minimum levels with respect to our tier 1 capital, total capital and tier 1 leverage ratios. The minimum standards for the tier 1 capital ratio (the ratio of our tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) and the total capital ratio (the ratio of our total capital, which is the sum of our tier 1 and tier 2 capital, as defined by FRBG regulation, to total risk-weighted assets) were 4.0% and 8.0% , respectively. The minimum tier 1 leverage ratio (the ratio of a banking organization’s tier 1 capital to total adjusted quarterly average total assets, as defined for regulatory purposes) was 4.0% .

88

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

On January 1, 2015, we became subject to the FRBG’s Basel III capital framework. Basel III formally established a CET1 capital ratio and changed the calculation of tier 1 and total capital ratios. Basel III also introduced new minimum capital ratios and buffer requirements, revised minimum requirements for all ratios, changed the permissible components of regulatory capital, expanded and modified the risk-sensitive calculation of risk-weighted assets for both credit and market risk and introduced a standardized approach for the calculation of risk-weighted assets. Certain aspects of these rule changes will phase in through 2018. Under Basel III, the fully phased-in minimum standards for the CET1 ratio, the tier 1 capital ratio and the total capital ratio, including the capital conservation buffer that phases in for us during 2016 through 2018, are 7.0%, 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively. The minimum tier 1 leverage ratio applicable to us is 4.0%. For further discussion of the capital rules to which we are subject, see “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1 — Business, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.
The table below presents our actual regulatory capital ratios as of March 31, 2015 under Basel III Transitional rules and as of December 31, 2014 under Basel I rules. In addition, the table includes pro forma Basel III ratios as of March 31, 2015, after full phase-in of all requirements to which we will be subject by January 1, 2019. Based on both current and fully phased-in Basel III requirements, all ratios remain well above current and future Basel III minima:
 
 
Transitional Basel III

 
Pro Forma Basel III Assuming Full Phase-in

 
Actual Amount
Actual Ratio
Required
Minimum
Well-Capitalized Minimum for Purposes of Prompt Corrective Action
 
Actual Ratio (1)
Required Minimum + Required Capital Conservation Buffer for Non-Leverage Ratios
FDIC Required Well-Capitalized Minimum for Purposes of Prompt Corrective Action
Basel III Transitional as of
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital

$13,360

12.2
%
4.5
%
6.5
%
 
12.1
%
7.0
%
6.5
%
Tier 1 capital
13,360

12.2

6.0

8.0

 
12.1

8.5

8.0

Total capital
16,969

15.5

8.0

10.0

 
15.4

10.5

10.0

Tier 1 leverage
13,360

10.5

4.0

5.0

 
10.5

4.0

5.0

Basel I as of
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 common equity

$13,173

12.4
%
Not Applicable
Not
Applicable
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
13,173

12.4

4.0
%
6.0
%
 
 
 
 
Total capital
16,781

15.8

8.0

10.0

 
 
 
 
Tier 1 leverage
13,173

10.6

4.0

5.0

 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Not
Applicable
 
 
 
 
(1) These are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on the computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “-Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management - Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Standardized Approach
The Basel III Standardized approach measures risk-weighted assets primarily for market risk and credit risk exposures. Exposures subject to market risk are measured on a basis generally consistent with how market risk-weighted assets were measured as defined under the Basel I — 2013 Rules. Credit risk exposures are measured by applying fixed risk weights to each exposure, determined based on the characteristics of the exposure, such as type of obligor, Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development country risk code and maturity, among others. Under the Standardized approach, no distinction is made for variations in credit quality for corporate exposures and the economic benefit of collateral is restricted to a limited list of eligible securities and cash. Some key differences between the Standardized and Advanced approaches are that the Advanced approaches include a measure of operational risk and a credit valuation adjustment capital charge in credit risk and rely on internal analytical models to measure credit risk-weighted assets. We estimate our common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the Basel III Standardized approach, on a fully phased-in basis, to be 12.1% at March 31, 2015. As of March 31, 2015, we estimated that our Basel III Standardized common equity tier 1 capital would be $13.4 billion and total risk-weighted assets would be $110.0 billion, on a fully-phased in basis. Our estimates under the Basel III Standardized approach may be refined over time because of further rulemaking or clarification by U.S. banking regulators or as our understanding and interpretation of the rules evolve. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. For a reconciliation of Basel III Standardized Transitional approach to Basel III Standardized estimates on a fully-phased in basis for common equity tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, see the following table.

89

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2015
Common equity tier 1 capital

$13,360

Impact of intangibles at 100%
(3
)
Fully phased-in common equity tier 1 capital (1)

$13,357

 
 
Total capital

$16,969

Impact of intangibles at 100%
(3
)
Fully phased in common total capital (1)

$16,966

 
 
Risk-weighted assets

$109,786

Impact of intangibles - 100% capital deduction
(3
)
Impact of mortgage servicing assets at 250% risk weight
245

Fully phased-in risk-weighted assets (1)

$110,028

 
 
Common equity tier 1 ratio
12.2
%
Fully phased-in common equity tier 1 ratio (1)
12.1

Total capital ratio
15.5

Fully phased-in total capital ratio (1)
15.4

(1) These are non-GAAP financial measures.
Regulatory Capital Ratios and Capital Composition
The following table presents capital and capital ratio information evidencing our transition from Basel I as of December 31, 2014 to Basel III Standardized as of March 31, 2015 :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FDIC Requirements
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy
 
Classification as Well Capitalized
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Basel III Transitional as of
March 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital

$13,360

12.2
%
 

$4,940

4.5
%
 

$7,136

6.5
%
Tier 1 capital
13,360

12.2

 
6,587

6.0

 
8,783

8.0

Total capital
16,969

15.5

 
8,783

8.0

 
10,979

10.0

Tier 1 leverage
13,360

10.5

 
5,087

4.0

 
6,358

5.0

Risk-weighted assets
109,786

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
127,166

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basel I as of
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital

$13,173

12.4
%
 

$4,239

4.0
%
 

$6,358

6.0
%
Total capital
16,781

15.8

 
8,477

8.0

 
10,596

10.0

Tier 1 leverage
13,173

10.6

 
4,982

4.0

 
6,227

5.0

Risk-weighted assets
105,964

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly adjusted average assets
124,539

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $13.4 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $187 million from tier 1 common equity under Basel I at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to net income for the three months ended March 31, 2015, net of dividends paid to common shareholders. At March 31, 2015, there was no additional tier 1 capital. Total capital was $17.0 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $188 million primarily driven by the increase in CET1 capital.
On January 1, 2015, we began reporting risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules. The conversion from Basel I rules resulted in a $2.7 billion increase in RWAs as of December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily driven by risk weight changes for securitizations, off-balance sheet commitments with original maturity one year or less, past due and non-accruals exposures and the removal of the cap on OTC derivatives.

90

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at March 31, 2015 were $109.8 billion, an increase of $3.8 billion as compared to December 31, 2014. The primary drivers for this change were the adoption of the Basel III Standardized approach, as well as growth in commercial, consumer auto and student loan exposures.
As of March 31, 2015, the tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 7 basis points, largely driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $2.6 billion, which drove a 22 basis point decline in the ratio. In addition, the increase in CET1 capital that was previously noted added 15 basis points to the ratio.
The following table presents our capital composition under the Basel III capital framework in effect for us at March 31, 2015 and under the Basel I capital framework in effect for us at December 31, 2014:
 
Transitional Basel III
 
Basel I
(dollars in millions)
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Total common stockholders’ equity

$19,564

 

$19,268

Exclusions (1) :
 
 
 
Net unrealized (gains) losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:
 
 
 
Debt and marketable equity securities available for sale
(141
)
 
(74
)
Derivatives
6

 
69

Unamortized net periodic benefit costs
375

 
377

Deductions:
 
 
 
Goodwill
(6,876
)
 
(6,876
)
Deferred tax liability associated with goodwill
434

 
420

Other intangible assets
(2
)
 
(6
)
 
 
 
 
Disallowed mortgage servicing

 
(5
)
Total Common Equity Tier 1
13,360

 
13,173

 
 
 
 
Total Tier 1 Capital
13,360

 
13,173

 
 
 
 
Qualifying long-term debt securities as tier 2
2,350

 
2,350

Allowance for loan and lease losses
1,202

 
1,195

Allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet exposure
56

 
61

Unrealized gains on equity securities
1

 
2

Total capital

$16,969

 

$16,781

(1) As a Basel III Standardized approach institution, we selected the one-time election to opt out of the requirements to include all the components of AOCI.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our assessment of capital adequacy begins with our risk appetite and risk management framework. This framework provides for the identification, measurement and management of material risks. Capital requirements are determined for actual and forecasted risk portfolios using applicable regulatory capital methodologies and also considering the possible impacts of approved and proposed regulatory changes that will or may apply to future periods. Key analytical frameworks, which enable the comprehensive assessment of capital adequacy versus unexpected loss, supplement our base case forecast. These supplemental frameworks include integrated stress testing, as well as an internal capital adequacy requirement that builds on internally assessed economic capital requirements. A robust governance framework supports our capital planning process. This process includes capital management policies and procedures that document capital adequacy metrics and limits, as well as our comprehensive capital contingency plan and the active engagement of both the legal-entity boards and senior management in oversight and decision-making.
Forward-looking assessments of capital adequacy for us and for our banking subsidiaries feed development of capital plans that are submitted to the FRBG and other bank regulators. We prepare these plans in full compliance with the FRBG’s Capital Plan Rule and we participate annually in the FRBG’s extensive CCAR review process. In addition to the stress test requirements under CCAR, we also participate in semiannual stress tests required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

91

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

In March 2015, the FRBG assessed our current capital plan in response to the CCAR process and raised no objection to the plan. Unless we choose to file an amended capital plan prior to April 2016, the maximum levels at which we may declare dividends and repurchase shares of our common stock between March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 are now governed by our 2015 capital plan, subject to actual financial performance and ongoing compliance with internal governance and all other regulatory requirements.
Capital Transactions
Beginning with 2013, our annual capital plans have included special transactions intended to optimize the level and mix of our regulatory capital to better align with the capital profiles of our peers. From the second quarter of 2013 through the fourth quarter of 2014, these special transactions reduced common equity by $2.0 billion and increased tier 2 subordinated debt by $2.0 billion, with no impact on either the level of total regulatory capital or the total capital ratio. We anticipate that our strategy of capital optimization will continue, and we executed our most recent optimization transactions early in the second quarter of 2015.
On April 6, 2015, we issued 250,000 shares 5.500% fixed-to-floating non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, aggregating to $250 million. On April 7, 2015, we repurchased 10,473,397 of our common equity from RBS at a price of $23.87 per share, aggregating to $250 million. This transaction reduced common equity by $250 million and, on a pro forma basis, would reduce the CET1 ratio by approximately 23 basis points as of March 31, 2015. These transactions, by themselves, will be generally neutral to all other regulatory ratios. Subject to regulatory approval and market conditions, we intend to purchase an additional $250 million to $500 million of our shares of common stock in 2015 and 2016, which may include purchases from RBS, and we may continue to pair these repurchases with issuances of subordinated debt or senior debt. 
Our single capital action executed during the first quarter of 2015 was the payment of common dividends aggregating $54.6 million ( $0.10 per share).
At March 31, 2015 , all regulatory ratios remain well above their respective fully phased-in Basel III minimum, which includes the capital conservation buffer for the capital ratios. Regulatory ratios are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information on computation of these non-GAAP financial measures, see “—Principal Components of Operations and Key Performance Metrics Used By Management — Key Performance Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Banking Subsidiaries’ Capital
The following table presents our banking subsidiaries’ capital ratios under the Basel I as of December 31, 2014 and Basel III Standardized Transitional rules as of March 31, 2015 :
 
Transitional Basel III
 
Basel I
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
(dollars in millions)
Amount

Ratio
 
Amount

Ratio
Citizens Bank, N.A.
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital

$10,505

12.0
%
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
10,505

12.0

 

$10,406

12.2
%
Total capital
12,704

14.5

 
12,584

14.8

Tier 1 leverage
10,505

10.8

 
10,406

10.9

Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital

$2,984

13.3
%
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
2,984

13.3

 

$2,967

14.1
%
Total capital
3,513

15.7

 
3,494

16.6

Tier 1 leverage
2,984

9.3

 
2,967

9.5

CBNA CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $10.5 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $99 million from tier 1 common equity under Basel I at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to net income for the three months ended March 31, 2015, net of dividends paid to common shareholders. At March 31, 2015, there was no additional tier 1 capital. Total capital was $12.7 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $120 million primarily driven by the increase in CET1 capital.

92

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

On January 1, 2015, CBNA began reporting risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules. The conversion from Basel I rules resulted in a $2.0 billion increase in RWAs as of December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily driven by risk weight changes for securitizations, commercial past due and non accruals, off-balance sheet commitments with an original maturity one year or less and the removal of the cap on OTC derivatives.
CBNA risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at March 31, 2015 were $87.7 billion, an increase of $2.4 billion as compared to December 31, 2014. The primary drivers for this change were the adoption of the Basel III Standardized approach, as well as growth in commercial, student and consumer auto loan exposures. These increases were partially offset by runoff in home lending exposures.
As of March 31, 2015, the CBNA tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 12 basis points, driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $2.0 billion resulting in a 23 basis point decline in the ratio, partially offset by a 10 basis point increase for higher CET1 capital discussed earlier.
CBPA CET1 capital under Basel III Standardized Transitional rules was $3.0 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $18 million from tier 1 common equity under Basel I at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to net income for the three months ended March 31, 2015, net of dividends paid to common shareholders. At March 31, 2015, there was no additional tier 1 capital. Total capital was $3.5 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $20 million primarily driven by the increase in CET1 capital.
On January 1, 2015, CBPA began reporting risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules. The conversion from Basel I rules resulted in a $705 million increase in RWAs as of December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily driven by risk weight changes for off-balance sheet commitments with an original maturity one year or less, securitizations and the removal of the cap on OTC derivatives.
CBPA risk-weighted assets based on Basel III Standardized Transitional rules at March 31, 2015 were $22.4 billion, an increase of $1.3 billion as compared to December 31, 2014. The primary drivers for this change were the adoption of the Basel III Standardized approach, as well as growth in commercial, student loans and purchased loan exposures.
As of March 31, 2015, the CBPA tier 1 leverage ratio decreased approximately 17 basis points, driven by an increase in adjusted quarterly average total assets of $751 million resulting in a 22 basis point decline in the ratio, partially offset by a 6 basis point increase resulting from higher CET1 capital discussed earlier.
Liquidity
We define liquidity as an institution’s ability to meet its cash-flow and collateral obligations in a timely manner, at a reasonable cost. An institution must maintain current liquidity to fund its daily operations and forecasted cash-flow needs as well as contingent liquidity to deliver funding in a stress scenario. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength.
We manage liquidity at the consolidated enterprise level and at each material legal entity, including us, CBNA and CBPA.
CFG Liquidity
Our primary sources of cash are (i) dividends and interest received from our banking subsidiaries as a result of investing in bank equity and subordinated debt and (ii) externally issued subordinated debt ( $350 million ). Our uses of liquidity include the following: (i) routine cash flow requirements as a bank holding company, including payments of dividends, interest and expenses; (ii) needs of subsidiaries, including our banking subsidiaries, for additional equity and, as required, their needs for debt financing; and (iii) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions.
     Our cash and cash equivalents represent a source of liquidity that can be used to meet various needs. As of March 31, 2015 , we held cash and cash equivalents of approximately $396 million . This should be viewed as a liquidity reserve.
Our liquidity risk is low for four reasons. First, we have no material non-banking subsidiaries, and our banking subsidiaries are self-funding. Second, we have no outstanding senior debt at the CFG level. Third, the capital structures of our banking subsidiaries are similar to our capital structure. As of March 31, 2015 , our double leverage ratio (the combined equity of our subsidiaries divided by our equity) was 101.4% . Fourth, our other cash flow requirements, such as operating expenses, are relatively small.

93

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Banking Subsidiaries’ Liquidity
In the ordinary course of business, the liquidity of CBNA and CBPA is managed by matching sources and uses of cash. The primary sources of bank liquidity include (i) deposits from our consumer and commercial franchise customers; (ii) payments of principal and interest on loans and debt securities; and (iii) as needed and as described under “—Liquidity Risk Management and Governance,” wholesale borrowings. The primary uses of bank liquidity include (i) withdrawals and maturities of deposits; (ii) payment of interest on deposits; (iii) funding of loan commitments; and (iv) funding of securities purchases. To the extent that the banks have relied on wholesale borrowings, uses also include payments of related principal and interest.
Our banking subsidiaries’ major businesses involve taking deposits and making loans. Hence, a key role of liquidity management is to ensure that customers have timely access to funds from deposits and loans. Liquidity management also involves maintaining sufficient liquidity to repay wholesale borrowings, pay operating expenses and support extraordinary funding requirements when necessary.
From an external issuance perspective, during 2014, we created a $3.0 billion Global Note Program for our CBNA bank subsidiary. Under this program, on December 1, 2014, CBNA issued $1.5 billion in senior notes, consisting of $750 million of three-year fixed-rate notes and $750 million in five-year fixed-rate notes. This debt represents a key source of unsecured, term, and stable funding, further diversifies the funding sources of CBNA, and creates a more peer-like funding structure for the consolidated enterprise.
Liquidity Risk
We define liquidity risk as the risk that we or either of our banking subsidiaries will be unable to meet our payment obligations in a timely manner. We manage liquidity risk at the consolidated enterprise level, and for each material legal entity including us, CBNA and CBPA. Liquidity risk can arise due to contingent liquidity risk and/or funding liquidity risk.
Contingent liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions may reduce an entity’s ability to liquidate, pledge and/or finance certain assets and thereby substantially reduce the liquidity value of such assets. Drivers of contingent liquidity risk include general market disruptions as well as specific issues regarding the credit quality and/or valuation of a security or loan, issuer or borrower and/or asset class.
Funding liquidity risk is the risk that market conditions and/or entity-specific events may reduce an entity’s ability to raise funds from depositors and/or wholesale market counterparties. Drivers of funding liquidity risk may be idiosyncratic or systemic, reflecting impediments to operations and/or undermining of market confidence.
Factors Affecting Liquidity
Given the composition of their assets and borrowing sources, contingent liquidity at both CBNA and CBPA would be materially affected by such events as deterioration of financing markets for high-quality securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities and other instruments issued by the GNMA, FNMA and the FHLMC), by any inability of the FHLBs to provide collateralized advances and/or by a refusal of the FRBG to act as lender of last resort in systemic stress. Given the quality of our unencumbered securities, the positive track record of the FHLBs in stress and the commitment of the FRBG to continue as lender of last resort in systemic stress scenarios, we view contingent liquidity risk at our banking subsidiaries, both CBNA and CBPA, to be relatively modest, given the size and configuration of their respective balance sheets.
Given the structure of their balance sheets, funding liquidity of CBNA and CBPA would be materially affected by an adverse idiosyncratic event (e.g., a major loss, causing a perceived or actual deterioration in its financial condition), an adverse systemic event (e.g., default or bankruptcy of a significant capital markets participant), or a combination of both (e.g., the financial crisis of 2008-2010). However, during the financial crisis, our banking subsidiaries reduced their dependence on unsecured wholesale funding to virtually zero. Consequently, and despite ongoing exposure to a variety of idiosyncratic and systemic events, we view our funding liquidity risk to be relatively modest.
An additional variable affecting our access, and the access of our banking subsidiaries, to unsecured wholesale market funds and to large denomination (i.e., uninsured) customer deposits is the credit ratings assigned by such agencies as Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch. The following table presents our credit ratings:

94

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 
 
March 31, 2015
 
 
Moody’s   
 
Standard and
Poor’s
 
 
Fitch   
 
 
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
NR
 
BBB+
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
NR
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Subordinated debt
NR
 
BBB
 
BBB
 
Citizens Bank, N.A.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
A3
 
A-
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
P-2
 
A-2
 
F2
 
Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term issuer
A3
 
A-
 
BBB+
 
Short-term issuer
P-2
 
A-2
 
F2
 
  NR = Not rated
 
 
 
 
 
April 6, 2015, the Company issued $250 million, or 250,000 shares, 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $25.00 per share with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See “—Recent Events,” and Note 9 “Stockholders’ Equity” and Notes 23 “Subsequent Events” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report. The Preferred Stock was rated BB+ by Standard and Poor’s and was rated BB- by Fitch.
Changes in our public credit ratings could affect both the cost and availability of our wholesale funding. As a result and in order to maintain a conservative funding profile, our banking subsidiaries continue to minimize reliance on unsecured wholesale funding. At March 31, 2015 , the majority of wholesale funding consisted of secured borrowings using high-quality liquid securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and FHLB advances secured primarily by high-quality residential loan collateral. Our dependence on short-term, unsecured and credit-sensitive funding continues to be relatively low.
Existing and evolving regulatory liquidity requirements represent another key driver of systemic liquidity conditions and liquidity management practices. The FRBG evaluates our liquidity as part of the supervisory process, and the Federal Reserve Board recently issued regulations that will require us to conduct regular liquidity stress testing over various time horizons and to maintain a buffer of highly liquid assets sufficient to cover expected net cash outflows and projected loss or impairment of funding sources for a short-term liquidity stress scenario. In addition, the Basel Committee has developed a set of internationally-agreed upon quantitative liquidity metrics: the LCR and the NSFR.
The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period. In September 2014, the U.S. federal banking regulators published the final rule to implement the LCR. This rule also introduced a modified version of the LCR in the United States, which generally applies to bank holding companies not active internationally (institutions with less than $10 billion of on-balance sheet foreign exposure), with total assets of greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion. Under this definition, we are designated as a modified LCR company. As compared to the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, the version of the LCR issued by the U.S. federal banking regulators includes a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions and a shorter phase-in schedule that begins on January 1, 2015 and ends on January 1, 2017. Notably, as a modified LCR company, we are required to be 90% compliant beginning in January 2016, and 100% compliant beginning in January 2017. Achieving sustainable LCR compliance may require changes in the size and/or composition of our investment portfolio, the configuration of our discretionary wholesale funding portfolio, and our average cash position. We were compliant with the LCR as of March 31, 2015 , and we expect to be fully compliant with the LCR as of the required implementation date of January 2016.
The NSFR was developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities and has a time horizon of one year. The Basel Committee contemplates that the NSFR, including any revisions, will be implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018; however, the U.S. federal banking regulators have not yet published a proposed rule to implement the NSFR in the United States.
We continue to review these liquidity requirements, and to develop implementation plans and liquidity strategies. We expect to be fully compliant with the final rules on or prior to the applicable effective date.

95

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Liquidity Risk Management and Governance
Liquidity risk is measured and managed by the Wholesale Funding and Liquidity unit within our Treasury unit in accordance with policy guidelines promulgated by our Board and the Asset and Liability Management Committee. In managing liquidity risk, the Wholesale Funding and Liquidity unit delivers regular and comprehensive reporting, including current levels vs. threshold limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics, explanatory commentary relating to emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies.
The mission of our Wholesale Funding and Liquidity unit is to deliver prudent levels of current, projected and contingent liquidity from stable sources, in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost, without significant adverse consequences.
We seek to accomplish this mission by funding loans with stable deposits; by prudently controlling dependence on wholesale funding, particularly short-term unsecured funding; and by maintaining ample available liquidity, including a contingent liquidity buffer of unencumbered high-quality loans and securities. As of March 31, 2015 :
Core deposits continued to be our primary source of funding and our consolidated quarter-end loan-to-deposit ratio was 95.8% and includes loans and deposits held for sale;
Short-term unsecured wholesale funding was relatively low, at $1.0 billion , substantially offset by our net overnight position (which is defined as excess cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Banks plus federal funds sold minus federal funds purchased) of $4.0 billion ;
Contingent liquidity remained robust at $21.9 billion ; net overnight position (defined above), totaled $4.0 billion ; unencumbered liquid securities totaled $14.0 billion ; and available FHLB capacity primarily secured by mortgage loans totaled $3.9 billion ; and
Available discount window capacity, defined as available total borrowing capacity from the Federal Reserve based on identified collateral, is secured by non-mortgage commercial and consumer loans and totaled $7.9 billion . Use of this borrowing capacity would likely be considered only during exigent circumstances.
The Wholesale Funding and Liquidity unit monitors a variety of liquidity and funding metrics, including specific risk threshold limits. The metrics are broadly classified as follows:
Current liquidity sources and capacities, including excess cash at the Federal Reserve Banks, free and liquid securities and available and secured FHLB borrowing capacity;
Contingent stressed liquidity, including idiosyncratic, systemic and combined stress scenarios, in addition to evolving regulatory requirements such as the LCR and the NSFR; and
Current and prospective exposures, including secured and unsecured wholesale funding and spot and cumulative cash-flow gaps across a variety of horizons.
Further, certain of these metrics are monitored for each of us, our banking subsidiaries, and for our consolidated enterprise on a daily basis, including net overnight position, unencumbered securities, internal liquidity, available FHLB borrowing capacity and total contingent liquidity. In order to identify emerging trends and risks and inform funding decisions, specific metrics are also forecasted over a one-year horizon.
Cash flows from operating activities contributed $98 million in the first quarter 2015, reflecting an increase in other assets compared to the first quarter 2014. Net cash used by investing activities was $1.7 billion , primarily reflecting net securities available for sale portfolio purchases of $2.2 billion and a net increase in loans and leases of $1.2 billion , partially offset by proceeds from maturities, paydowns and sales of securities available for sale of $2.0 billion . Cash provided by financing activities was $3.4 billion , driven by a net increase in deposits of $3.3 billion . These activities represented a cumulative increase in cash and cash equivalents of $1.7 billion , which, when added to the cash and cash equivalents balance of $3.3 billion at the beginning of the year, resulted in an ending balance of cash and cash equivalents of $5.0 billion as of March 31, 2015 .
In the first quarter 2014, our operating activities contributed $700 million in net cash, reflecting a decrease in other assets which added $280 million . Net cash used by investing activities was $5.0 billion , primarily reflecting net securities available for sale portfolio purchases of $3.7 billion , partially offset by proceeds from maturities, paydowns and sales of securities available for sale of $1.4 billion . Additionally, held to maturity securities portfolio purchases of $1.2 billion occurred during the period. Cash contributed by financing activities was $4.4 billion , including a net increase in deposits of $470 million , and $4.0 billion in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowed funds. These activities represented a cumulative increase in cash and cash equivalents of $95 million , which, when added to cash and cash equivalents of $2.8 billion at the beginning of the period, resulted in an ending balance of cash and cash equivalents of $2.9 billion as of March 31, 2014 .

96

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


Off-Balance Sheet Commitments

The following table presents our outstanding off-balance sheet commitments. See Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report:
(dollars in millions)
March 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
Change

 
Percent

Commitment amount:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Undrawn commitments to extend credit

$55,224

 

$55,899

 

($675
)
 
(1
%)
Financial standby letters of credit
2,292

 
2,315

 
(23
)
 
(1
)
Performance letters of credit
60

 
65

 
(5
)
 
(8
)
Commercial letters of credit
58

 
75

 
(17
)
 
(23
)
Marketing rights
51

 
51

 

 

Risk participation agreements
26

 
19

 
7

 
37

Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse
10

 
11

 
(1
)
 
(9
)
Total

$57,721

 

$58,435

 

($714
)
 
(1
%)

In December 2014, we committed to purchasing pools of performing student loans with principal balances outstanding of approximately $260 million . The specific loans to be purchased were identified in January 2015 and the transactions were settled in January and February 2015.
In May 2014, we entered into an agreement to purchase auto loans on a quarterly basis in future periods. For the first year, the agreement requires the purchase of a minimum of $250 million of outstanding balances to a maximum of $600 million per quarterly period. For quarterly periods after the first year, the minimum and maximum purchases are $400 million and $600 million, respectively. The agreement automatically renews until terminated by either party. We may cancel the agreement at will with payment of a variable termination fee. After three years, there is no termination fee.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included elsewhere in this report, are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
An accounting estimate requires assumptions and judgments about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Estimates are made using facts and circumstances known at a point in time. Changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results substantially different from those estimates. The most significant accounting policies and estimates and their related application are discussed below.
See Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, for further discussion of our significant accounting policies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
Management’s estimate of probable losses in our loan and lease portfolios including unfunded lending commitments is recorded in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, at levels that we believe to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of such estimates is based on a periodic evaluation of the loan and lease portfolios and unfunded credit facilities, as well as other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires significant estimates and judgments of underlying factors, all of which are susceptible to change.
The allowance for loan and lease losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments could be affected by a variety of internal and external factors. Internal factors include portfolio performance such as delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings, the mix and level of loan balances, differing economic risks associated with each loan category and the financial condition of specific borrowers. External factors include fluctuations in the general economy, unemployment rates, bankruptcy filings, developments within a particular industry, changes in collateral values and factors particular to a specific commercial credit such as competition, business and management performance. The allowance for loan and lease losses may be adjusted to reflect our current assessment of various qualitative risks, factors and events that may not be measured in our statistical procedures. There is no certainty that

97

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

the allowance for loan and lease losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments will be appropriate over time to cover losses because of unanticipated adverse changes in any of these internal, external or qualitative factors.
The evaluation of the adequacy of the commercial, commercial real estate, and lease allowance for loan and lease losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is primarily based on risk rating models that assess probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. The models are primarily driven by individual customer financial characteristics and are validated against historical experience. Additionally, qualitative factors may be included in the risk rating models. After the aggregation of individual borrower incurred loss, additional overlays can be made based on back-testing against historical losses and forward loss curve ratios.
For nonaccruing commercial and commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance of $3 million or greater and for all commercial and commercial real estate TDRs (regardless of size), we conduct specific analysis on a loan level basis to determine the probable amount of credit loss. If appropriate, a specific allowance is established for the loan through a charge to the provision for credit losses. For all classes of impaired loans, individual loan measures of impairment may result in a charge-off to the allowance for loan and lease losses, if deemed appropriate. In such cases, the provision for credit losses is not affected when a specific reserve for at least that amount already exists. Techniques utilized include comparing the loan’s carrying amount to the estimated present value of its future cash flows, the fair value of its underlying collateral, or the loan’s observable market price. The technique applied to each impaired loan is based on the workout officer’s opinion of the most probable workout scenario. Historically this has generally led to the use of the estimated present value of future cash flows approach. The fair value of underlying collateral will be used if the loan is deemed collateral dependent. For loans that use the fair value of underlying collateral approach, a charge-off assessment is performed quarterly to write the loans down to fair value.
For most non-impaired retail loan portfolio types, the allowance for loan and lease losses is based upon the incurred loss model utilizing the PD, LGD and exposure at default on an individual loan basis. When developing these factors, we may consider the loan product and collateral type, LTV ratio, lien position, borrower’s credit, time outstanding, geographic location, delinquency status and incurred loss period. Incurred loss periods are reviewed and updated at least annually, and potentially more frequently when economic situations change rapidly, as they tend to fluctuate with economic cycles. Incurred loss periods are generally longer in good economic times and shorter in bad times. Certain retail portfolios, including SBO home equity loans, student loans, and commercial credit card receivables utilize roll rate models to estimate the ALLL. For the portfolios measured using the incurred loss model, roll rate models are also run as challenger models and can be used to support management overlays if deemed necessary.
For home equity lines and loans, a number of factors impact the PD. Specifically, the borrower’s current FICO score, the utilization rate, delinquency statistics, borrower income, current CLTV ratio and months on books are all used to assess the borrower’s creditworthiness. Similarly, the loss severity is also impacted by various factors, including the utilization rate, the CLTV ratio, the lien position, the Housing Price Index change for the location (as measured by the Case-Shiller index), months on books and current loan balance.
When we are not in a first lien position, we use delinquency information on the first lien exposures obtained from third-party credit information providers in the credit assessment. For all first liens, whether owned by a third party or by us, an additional assessment is performed on a quarterly basis. In this assessment, the most recent three months’ performance of the senior liens is reviewed for delinquency (90 days or more past due), modification, foreclosure and/or bankruptcy statuses. If any derogatory status is present, the junior lien will be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of its delinquency status on our books. This subsequent change to nonaccrual status will alter the treatment in the PD model, thus affecting the reserve calculation.
In addition, the first lien exposure is combined with the second lien exposure to generate a CLTV. The CLTV is a more accurate reflection of the leverage of the borrower against the property value, as compared to the LTV from just the junior lien(s). The CLTV is used for modeling both the junior lien PD and LGD. This also impacts the Allowance for Loan Loss rates for the junior lien HELOCs.
The above measures are all used to assess the PD and LGD for HELOC borrowers for whom we originated the loans. There is also a portfolio of home equity products that were originated and serviced by others; however, we currently service some of the loans in this portfolio. The SBO portfolio is modeled as a separate class and the reserves for this class are generated by using the delinquency roll rate models as described below.
For retail TDRs that are not collateral-dependent, allowances are developed using the present value of expected future cash flows, compared to the recorded investment in the loans. Expected re-default factors are considered in this analysis. Retail TDRs that are deemed collateral-dependent are written down to the fair market value of the collateral less costs to sell. The fair value of collateral is periodically monitored subsequent to the modification.
Changes in the levels of estimated losses, even if minor, can significantly affect management’s determination of an appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses. For consumer loans, losses are affected by such factors as loss severity, collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. A 1% and 5% increase in the estimated loss rate for consumer loans at December 31,

98

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

2014 would have increased the allowance by $5 million and $27 million , respectively. The allowance for loan and lease losses for our Commercial Banking segment is sensitive to assigned credit risk ratings and inherent loss rates. If 10% and 20% of the December 31, 2014 year ending loan balances (including unfunded commitments) within each risk rating category of our Commercial Banking segment had experienced downgrades of two risk categories, the allowance for loan and lease losses would have increased by $30 million and $59 million , respectively.
Commercial loans and leases are charged off to the allowance when there is little prospect of collecting either principal or interest. Charge-offs of commercial loans and leases usually involve receipt of borrower-specific adverse information. For commercial collateral dependent loans, an appraisal or other valuation is used to quantify a shortfall between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment in the commercial loan. Retail loan charge-offs are generally based on established delinquency thresholds rather than borrower-specific adverse information. When a loan is collateral-dependent, any shortfalls between the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell and the recorded investment is promptly charged off. Placing any loan or lease on nonaccrual status does not by itself require a partial or total charge-off; however, any identified losses are charged off at that time.
For additional information regarding the allowance for loan and lease losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 4 “Allowance for Credit Losses, Nonperforming Assets and Concentrations of Credit Risk” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Fair Value
We measure fair value using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices in an active market, where available. If quoted prices are not available, observable market-based inputs or independently sourced parameters are used to develop fair value, whenever possible. Such inputs may include prices of similar assets or liabilities, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds and foreign exchange rates.
We classify our assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value in accordance with the three-level valuation hierarchy:
Level 1. Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2. Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Level 3. Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market information and that are significant to the fair value measurement.
Classification in the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability. For instruments classified in Level 1 and 2 where inputs are primarily based upon observable market data, there is less judgment applied in arriving at the fair value. For instruments classified in Level 3, management judgment is more significant due to the lack of observable market data.
Significant assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include our mortgage-backed securities available for sale. These instruments are priced using an external pricing service and are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The service’s pricing models use predominantly observable valuation inputs to measure the fair value of these securities under both the market and income approaches. The pricing service utilizes a matrix pricing methodology to price our U.S. agency pass-through securities, which involves making adjustments to to-be-announced security prices based on a matrix of various mortgage-backed securities characteristics such as weighted-average maturities, indices and other pool-level information. Other agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities are priced using a discounted cash flow methodology. This methodology includes estimating the cash flows expected to be received for each security using projected prepayment speeds and default rates based on historical statistics of the underlying collateral and current market conventions. These estimated cash flows are then discounted using market-based discount rates that incorporate characteristics such as average life, volatility, ratings, performance of the underlying collateral, and prevailing market conditions.
We review and update the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs in fair value measurements may result in a reclassification between the fair value hierarchy levels and are recognized based on year-end balances. We also verify the accuracy of the pricing provided by our primary external pricing service on a quarterly basis. This process involves using a secondary external vendor to provide valuations for our securities portfolio for comparison purposes. Any securities with discrepancies beyond a certain threshold are researched and, if necessary, valued by an independent outside broker.

99

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include mortgage servicing rights accounted for by the amortization method, loan impairments for certain loans and goodwill.
For additional information regarding our fair value measurements, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, and Note 2 “Securities,” Note 7 “Mortgage Banking,” and Note 12 “Derivatives” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Goodwill
Goodwill is an asset that represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual impairment tests. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded. A reporting unit is a business operating segment or a component of a business operating segment. Once goodwill has been assigned to reporting units, it no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is deemed to be not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.
The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.
We review goodwill for impairment annually as of October 31 or more often if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of one or more reporting units is below its carrying value. We rely on the income approach (discounted cash flow method) as the primary method for determining fair value. Market-based methods are used as benchmarks to corroborate the value determined by the discounted cash flow method.
We rely on several assumptions when estimating the fair value of our reporting units using the discounted cash flow method. These assumptions include the current discount rate, as well as projected loan losses, income taxes and capital retention rates. Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta and unsystematic risk and size premium adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated on the assessment of the risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit. Multi-year financial forecasts are developed for each reporting unit by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, customer retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, forward interest rates, historical performance and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The long-term growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each reporting unit was estimated based on management’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of each reporting unit, as well as broader economic considerations such as gross domestic product and inflation.
We corroborate the fair value of our reporting units determined by the discounted cash flow method using market-based methods: a comparable company method and a comparable transaction method. The comparable company method measures fair value of a business by comparing it to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. This involves identifying and selecting the comparable companies based on a number of factors (i.e., size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment), calculating the market multiples (i.e., price-to-tangible book value, price-to-cash earnings and price-to-net income) of these comparable companies and then applying these multiples to our operating results to estimate the value of the reporting unit’s equity on a marketable, minority basis. A control premium is then applied to this value to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit on a marketable, controlling basis. The comparable transaction method measures fair value of a business based on exchange prices in actual transactions and on asking prices for controlling interests in public or private companies currently offered for sale. The process involves comparison and correlation of us with other similar companies. Adjustments for differences in factors described earlier (i.e., size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment) are also considered.

100

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

As a best practice, we also corroborate the fair value of our reporting units determined by the discounted cash flow method by adding the aggregated sum of these fair value measurements to the fair value of our non-segment operations and comparing this total to our observed market capitalization. As part of this process, we analyze the implied control premium to evaluate its reasonableness. All facts and circumstances are considered when completing this analysis, including observed transaction data and any additional external evidence supporting the implied control premium.
The valuation of goodwill is dependent on forward-looking expectations related to the performance of the U.S. economy and our associated financial performance. The prolonged delay in the full recovery of the U.S. economy, and the impact of that delay on earnings expectations, prompted a goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2013. Although the U.S. economy has demonstrated signs of recovery, notably improvements in unemployment and housing, the pace and extent of recovery in these indicators, as well as in overall gross domestic product, have lagged previous expectations. The impact of the slow recovery is most evident in our Consumer Banking reporting unit. Accordingly, the percentage by which the estimated fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value declined from 7% at December 31, 2011 to 5% at December 31, 2012.
During the first half of 2013, we observed further deceleration of expected growth for our Consumer Banking reporting unit’s future profits based on forecasted economic growth for the U.S. economy and the continuing impact of the new regulatory framework in the financial industry. This deceleration was incorporated into our revised earnings forecast in the second quarter of 2013, and we subsequently concluded that there was a likelihood of greater than 50% that goodwill impairment had occurred as of June 30, 2013.
An interim goodwill impairment test was subsequently performed for our Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking reporting units. Step One of these tests indicated that (1) the fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit was less than its carrying value by 19% and (2) the fair value of our Commercial Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by 27%. Step Two of the goodwill impairment test was subsequently performed for our Consumer Banking reporting unit, which resulted in the recognition of a pre-tax $4.4 billion impairment charge in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period ending June 30, 2013. The impairment charge, which was a non-cash item, had minimal impact on our Tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios. The impairment charge had no impact on our liquidity position or tangible common equity.
We performed an annual test for impairment of goodwill for both reporting units as of October 31, 2014. As of this testing date, the percentage by which the fair value of our Consumer Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value was 12%, and the percentage by which the fair value of our Commercial Banking reporting unit exceeded its carrying value was 9%.
We based the fair value estimates used in our annual goodwill impairment testing on assumptions we believe to be representative of assumptions that a market participant would use in valuing the reporting units but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain, including estimates of future growth rates and operating margins and assumptions about the overall economic climate and the competitive environment for our reporting units. There can be no assurances that future estimates and assumptions made for purposes of goodwill testing will prove accurate predictions of the future. If the assumptions regarding business plans, competitive environments or anticipated growth rates are not achieved, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods.
For additional information regarding our goodwill impairment testing, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 6 “Goodwill” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Income Taxes
Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and reflect our estimate of income taxes to be paid or that effectively have been prepaid. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or that effectively have been prepaid, and the net balance is reported as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We determine the realization of the deferred tax asset based upon an evaluation of the four possible sources of taxable income: (1) the future reversals of taxable temporary differences; (2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; (3) taxable income in prior carryback years; and (4) tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, we utilize forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjust for the estimated book tax differences and incorporate assumptions, including the amount of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. These assumptions require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage the underlying businesses. The realization of the deferred tax assets could be reduced in the future if these estimates are significantly different than forecasted.
We are subject to income tax in the United States and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction may be interpreted differently in certain situations, which could result in a range of outcomes. Thus, we are

101

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

required to exercise judgment regarding the application of these tax laws and regulations. We evaluate and recognize tax liabilities related to any tax uncertainties. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may differ from the current estimate of tax liabilities or refunds.
Our estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For additional information regarding income taxes, see Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and Note 11 “Income Taxes” to our unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.

Risk Governance
We are committed to maintaining a strong, integrated and proactive approach to the management of all risks to which we are exposed in pursuit of our business objectives. A key aspect of our Board’s responsibility as the main decision making body is setting our risk appetite to ensure that the levels of risk that we are willing to accept in the attainment of our strategic business and financial objectives are clearly understood.
To enable the Board to carry out its objectives, it has delegated authority for risk management activities, as well as governance and oversight of those activities, to a number of Board and executive management level risk committees. The key committees that specifically consider risk across the enterprise are set out in the diagram below.

Chief Risk Officer
The CRO directs our overall risk management function overseeing the compliance, regulatory, operational and credit risk management. In addition, the CRO has oversight of the management of market, liquidity and strategic risks. The CRO reports to our CEO and Board Risk Committee.
Risk Framework
Our risk management framework is embedded in our business through a “Three Lines of Defense” model which defines responsibilities and accountabilities.

102

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

First Line of Defense
The business lines (including their associated support functions) are the First Line of Defense and are accountable for owning and managing, within our defined risk appetite, the risks which exist in their respective business areas. The business lines are responsible for performing regular risk assessments to identify and assess the material risks that arise in their area of responsibility, complying with relevant risk policies, testing and certifying the adequacy and effectiveness of their controls on a regular basis, establishing and documenting operating procedures and establishing and owning a governance structure for identifying and managing risk.
    
Second Line of Defense
The Second Line of Defense includes independent monitoring and control functions accountable for developing and ensuring implementation of risk and control frameworks, oversight of risk, financial management and valuation, and regulatory compliance. This centralized risk function is appropriately independent from the business and is accountable for overseeing and challenging our business lines on the effective management of their risks. This risk function utilizes training, communications and awareness to provide expert support and advice to the business lines. This includes interpreting the risk policy standards and risk management framework, overseeing compliance by the businesses with policies and responsibilities, including providing relevant management information and escalating concerns where appropriate.
The Executive Risk Committee, chaired by the CRO, actively considers our inherent material risks, analyzes our overall risk profile and seeks confirmation that the risks are being appropriately identified, assessed and mitigated.
Third Line of Defense
Our internal audit function is the Third Line of Defense acting as an independent appraisal and assurance function. As an independent assurance function, internal audit ensures the key business risks are being managed to an acceptable level and that the risk management and internal control framework is operating effectively. Independent assessments are provided to our Audit Committee on a monthly basis and to the Board and executive management in the form of quarterly opinions.
Risk Appetite
Risk appetite is a strategic business and risk management tool. We define our risk appetite as the maximum limit of acceptable risk beyond which we would either be unable to achieve our strategic objectives and capital adequacy obligations or would assume an unacceptable amount of risk to do so. The Board Risk Committee advises our Board of Directors in relation to current and potential future risk strategies, including determination of risk appetite and tolerance.
 
The principal non-market risks to which we are subject are: credit risk, operational risk, liquidity risk, strategic risk and reputational risk. We are also subject to market risks. Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Market risk does not result from proprietary trading, which we prohibit. Rather, modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks. We are also subject to liquidity risk, discussed under “—Liquidity.”
Our risk appetite framework and risk limit structure establishes guidelines to determine the balance between existing and desired levels of risk and supports the implementation, measurement and management of our risk appetite policy.

103

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Credit Risk
Overview
Credit risk represents the potential for loss arising from a customer, counterparty, or issuer failing to perform in accordance with the contractual terms of the obligation. While the majority of our credit risk is associated with lending activities, we do engage with other financial counterparties for a variety of purposes including investing, asset and liability management, and trading activities. Given the financial impact of credit risk on our earnings and balance sheet, the assessment, approval, and management of credit risk represents a major part of our overall risk-management responsibility.
Objective
The credit risk management organization is responsible for approving credit transactions, monitoring portfolio performance, identifying problem loans, and ensuring remedial management.
Organizational Structure
Management and oversight of credit risk is the responsibility of both the line of business and the second line of defense. The second line of defense, the independent Credit Risk Function, is led by the CCO who oversees all of our credit risk. The CCO reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The CCO, acting in a manner consistent with Board policies, has responsibility for, among other things, the governance process around policies, procedures, risk acceptance criteria, credit risk appetite, limits, and authority delegation. The CCO and his team also have responsibility for credit approvals for larger or more risky transactions and oversight of line of business credit risk activities. Reporting to the CCO are the heads of the second line of defense credit functions specializing in Consumer Banking, Business Banking and Commercial Banking, as well as the head of Citizens Restructuring Management. Each team under these leaders is comprised of highly experienced credit professionals.
The credit risk teams operate independently from the business lines to ensure decisions are not influenced by unbalanced objectives. Each team is comprised of senior credit officers who possess extensive experience structuring and approving loans.
Governance
The primary mechanisms used to govern our credit risk function are our consumer and commercial credit policies. These policies outline the minimum acceptable lending standards that align with our desired risk appetite. Material issues or changes are identified by the individual committees and presented to the Combined Credit Risk Committee, Executive Risk Committee and the Board for approval as required.
Key Management Processes
To ensure credit risks are managed within our risk appetite and business and risk strategies are achieved, we employ a comprehensive and integrated control program. The program’s objective is to proactively (1) identify, (2) measure, (3) monitor, and (4) mitigate existing and emerging credit risks across the lifecycle (origination, account management/portfolio management, and loss mitigation and recovery).
On the consumer banking side of credit risk, our teams use models to evaluate consumer loans across the lifecycle of the loan. Starting at origination, credit scoring models are used to forecast the probability of default of an applicant. These models are embedded in the loan origination system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. Periodic validations are performed on our purchased and proprietary scores to ensure fit for purpose. When approving customers for a new loan or extension of an existing credit line, credit scores are used in conjunction with other credit risk variables such as affordability, length of term, collateral value, collateral type, and lien subordination.
The origination process is supported by dedicated underwriting teams that reside in the business line. The size of each team depends on the intensity of the approval process as the number of handoffs, documentation, and verification requirements differ substantially depending on the loan product.
To ensure proper oversight of the underwriting teams, lending authority is granted by credit risk to each underwriter. The amount of delegated authority depends on the experience of the individual. We periodically evaluate the performance of each underwriter and annually reauthorize their delegated authority. Only senior members of the credit risk team are authorized to grant significant exceptions to credit policies. It is not uncommon to make exceptions to established policies when compensating factors are present. These exceptions are capped at 5% of origination volume and tracked separately to ensure performance expectations are achieved.
Once an account is established, credit scores and collateral values are refreshed at regular intervals to allow for proactive identification of increasing or decreasing levels of credit risk. For accounts with contingent liability (revolving feature), credit

104

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

policies have been developed that leverage the refreshed customer data to determine if a credit line should be increased, decreased, frozen, or closed. Lastly, behavioral modeling, segmentation, and loan modifications are used to cure delinquency, reduce the severity of loss, and maximize recoveries. Our approach to managing credit risk is highly analytical and, where appropriate, is automated, to ensure consistency and efficiency.
One of the central tools used to manage credit risk is the Consumer and Small Business Credit Risk Dashboard. This dashboard is refreshed monthly and evaluates key dimensions of credit risk against defined control parameters, commonly referred to as inner and outer limits. Inner limits are designed to alert senior management of unfavorable trends with sufficient lead time to address and implement corrective actions before the risks increase in materiality. Outer limits represent the maximum risk tolerance, which if breached, would necessitate immediate escalation and corrective action. All limits are recalibrated annually and aligned with pro forma budget expectations and desired risk profile.
The credit risk team is constantly evaluating current and projected economic conditions, internal credit performance in relation to budget and predefined risk tolerances, and current and expected regulatory guidance to determine the optimal balance of expansion and contraction policies. All policy change proposals receive intense scrutiny and discussion prior to approval and implementation. This process ensures decisions are made based on profit based analytics with full consideration to operational and regulatory risks.
On the commercial banking side of credit risk, the structure is broken into C&I loans and leases and CRE. Within C&I there are separate verticals established for certain specialty products (e.g., asset-based lending, leasing, franchise finance, health care, technology, mid-corporate). A “specialty vertical” is a stand-alone team of industry or product specialists. Substantially all activity that falls under the ambit of the defined industry or product is managed through a specialty vertical when one exists. CRE also operates as a specialty vertical.
Commercial credit risk management begins with defined credit products and policies. New credit products and material changes to existing credit products require multiple levels of review and approval. The initial level of review involves the engagement of risk disciplines from across the enterprise for a New Product Risk Assessment. This assessment process reviews the product description, strategic rationale and financial impact and considers the risk impact from multiple perspectives (Reputation, Operational, Regulatory, Market, Legal as well as Credit).
Commercial transactions are subject to individual analysis and approval at origination and, with few exceptions, are subject to a formal annual review requirement. The underwriting process includes the establishment and approval of Credit Grades that confirm the PD and LGD. Approval then requires both a business line approver and an independent Credit Approver. The approval level is determined by the size of the credit relationship as well as the PD with larger relationships and weaker PD’s requiring the approval of more senior individuals. The checks and balances in the credit process and the independence of the credit approver function are designed to appropriately assess and sanction the level of credit risk being accepted, facilitate the early recognition of credit problems when they occur, and to provide for effective problem asset management and resolution. All authority to grant credit is delegated through the independent Credit Risk function and is closely monitored and regularly updated.
The primary factors considered in commercial credit approvals are the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, cash flows from operations, industry sector trends, type and sufficiency of collateral, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. While these are the primary factors considered, there are a number of other factors that may be considered in the decision process. In addition to the credit analysis conducted during the approval process at origination and annual review, our Credit Quality Assurance group performs testing to provide an independent review and assessment of the quality of the portfolio and new originations. This group conducts portfolio reviews on a risk-based cycle to evaluate individual loans, validate risk ratings, as well as test the consistency of the credit processes.
The maximum level of credit exposure to individual credit borrowers is limited by policy guidelines based on the perceived risk of each borrower or related group of borrowers. Concentration risk is managed through limits on industry (sector), loan type (asset class), and loan quality factors. We focus predominantly on extending credit to commercial customers with existing or expandable relationships within our Company footprint, although we will consider lending opportunities outside our primary markets if we believe that the associated risks are acceptable and aligned with strategic initiatives. Geographic considerations occur at both the transactional level as well as the product level, as certain specialties operate on a national basis.
Our management of risk concentrations includes the establishment of sector and asset class limits. We have identified 32 sectors and established limits for 16 that we have deemed meaningful by virtue of size or inherent risk. These sector limits are reviewed and approved annually. Exposure against these limits is tracked on a monthly basis. The two largest sector concentrations are Industrials and CRE.
Apart from Industrials and CRE (which together make up 29% of the commercial utilization as of March 31, 2015), we do not have any major sector concentrations. The Industrial sector includes basic C&I lending focused on general manufacturing. The sector is diversified and not managed as a specialized vertical. Our customers are local to our market and present no significant

105

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

concentration. We have a smaller concentration in CRE than our peer banks based on industry data obtained from SNL Financial. As of December 31, 2014, our CRE outstandings amounted to 11% of total outstanding loans. According to SNL Financial, the corresponding ratio for peer banks was 18%.
Our credit grading system considers many components that directly correlate to loan quality and likelihood of repayment. Our assessment of a borrower’s credit strength is reflected in our risk ratings for such loans, which are an integral component of our allowance for loan and lease losses methodology. When deterioration in credit strength is noted, a loan becomes subject to Watch Review. The Watch Review process involves senior representatives from the business line portfolio management team, the independent Credit Risk team, and our Citizens Restructuring Management group. As appropriate and consistent with regulatory definitions, the credit may be subject to classification as either Criticized or Classified, which would also trigger a credit rating downgrade. As such, the loan and relationship would be subject to more frequent review.
Substantially all loans categorized as Classified are managed by Citizens Restructuring Management. Citizens Restructuring Management is a specialized group of credit professionals that handles the day-to-day management of workouts, commercial recoveries, and problem loan sales. Its responsibilities include developing and implementing action plans, assessing risk ratings, determining the appropriateness of specific reserves relating to the loan, accrual status of the loan, and the ultimate collectability of loans in their portfolio.

Market Risk
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and/or other relevant market rates or prices. Market risk does not result from proprietary trading, which we prohibit. Rather, modest market risk arises from trading activities that serve customer needs, including hedging of interest rate and foreign exchange risk. As described below, more material market risk arises from our non-trading banking activities, such as loan origination and deposit-gathering. We have established enterprise-wide policies and methodologies to identify, measure, monitor and report market risk. We actively manage both trading and non-trading market risks.
Non-Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk as a result of non-trading banking activities. This market risk is comprised entirely of interest rate risk, as we have no direct currency, equity or commodity risk. This interest rate risk emerges from the balance sheet after the aggregation of our assets, liabilities and equity. We refer to this non-trading risk embedded in the balance sheet as “structural interest rate risk” or “interest rate risk in the banking book.” Our mortgage servicing rights assets also contain interest rate risk as the value of the fee stream is impacted by the level of long-term interest rates.
A major source of structural interest rate risk is a difference in the repricing of assets, on the one hand, and liabilities and equity, on the other. First, there are differences in the timing of rate changes reflecting the maturity and/or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, the rate earned on a residential mortgage may be fixed for 30 years; the rate paid on a certificate of deposit may be fixed only for a few months. Due to these timing differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in the level and shape of the yield curve. Second, there are differences in the drivers of rate changes of various assets and liabilities. For example, commercial loans may reprice based on one-month LIBOR or prime; the rate paid on retail money market demand accounts may be only loosely correlated with LIBOR and depend on competitive demand for funds. Due to these basis differences, net interest income is sensitive to changes in spreads between certain indices or repricing rates.
Another important source of structural interest rate risk relates to the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. For example, most consumer loans can be prepaid without penalty; and most consumer deposits can be withdrawn without penalty. The exercise of such options by customers can exacerbate the timing differences discussed above.
A primary source of our structural interest rate risk relates to faster repricing of floating rate loans relative to the retail deposit funding. This source of asset sensitivity is concentrated at the short end of the yield curve. Given the very low level of short-term interest rates, this risk is asymmetrical with significantly more upside benefit than potential exposure. The secondary source of our interest rate risk is driven by longer term rates comprising the rollover or reinvestment risk on fixed rate loans as well as the prepayment risk on mortgage related loans and securities funded by non-rate sensitive deposits and equity.
The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by the Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. To ensure that exposure to interest rate risk is managed within this risk appetite, we must both measure the exposure and, as necessary, hedge it. The Treasury Asset and Liability Management team is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting

106

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

on the structural interest rate risk position. These exposures are reported on a monthly basis to the Asset and Liability Committee and at Board meetings.
We measure structural interest rate risk through a variety of metrics intended to quantify both short-term and long-term exposures. The primary method that we use to quantify interest rate risk is simulation analysis in which we model net interest income from assets, liabilities and hedge derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios over a three-year horizon. Exposure to interest rate risk is reflected in the variation of forecasted net interest income across scenarios.
Key assumptions in this simulation analysis relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. The most material of these behavioral assumptions relate to the repricing characteristics and balance fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate (i.e., non-contractual) maturities as well as the pace of mortgage prepayments.
As the future path of interest rates cannot be known in advance, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various interest rate scenarios including a “most likely” (implied forward) scenario as well as a variety of deliberately extreme and perhaps unlikely scenarios. These scenarios may assume gradual ramping of the overall level of interest rates, immediate shocks to the level of rates and various yield curve twists in which movements in short- or long-term rates predominate. Generally, projected net interest income in any interest rate scenarios is compared to net interest income in a base case where market forward rates are realized.
The table below reports net interest income exposures against a variety of interest rate scenarios. Exposures are measured as a percentage change in net interest income over the next year due to either instantaneous, or gradual parallel +/- 200 basis point moves in benchmark interest rates. The net interest income simulation analyses do not include possible future actions that management might undertake to mitigate this risk. The current limit is an adverse change of 10% related to an instantaneous +/- 200 basis point move. As the table illustrates, our balance sheet is asset-sensitive: net interest income would benefit from an increase in interest rates. Exposure to a decline in interest rates is well within limit. It should be noted that the magnitude of any possible decline in interest rates is constrained by the low absolute starting levels of rates. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis, we believe that any actual shift in interest rates would likely be more gradual and would therefore have a more modest impact.
The table below summarizes our positioning in various parallel yield curve shifts:
 
Estimated % Change in
Net Interest Income over 12 Months
Basis points
Tolerance
Level  
 
March 31, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
 
 
 
 
 
+200
(10%)
 
13.9%
 
13.4%
+100
 
 
7.3
 
7.0
-100
 
 
(4.2)
 
(3.8)
-200
(10)
 
(4.6)
 
(4.3)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
 
 
 
 
 
+200
 
 
7.2
 
6.8
+100
 
 
3.6
 
3.5
-100
 
 
(2.5)
 
(2.3)
-200
 
 
(3.5)
 
(3.0)
As part of the routine risk management process, a wide variety of similar analyses are reported for each of the next three rolling years.
As recommended by bank regulators, we also use a valuation measure of exposure to structural interest rate risk, Economic Value of Equity, as a supplement to net interest income simulations. Nevertheless, multi-year net interest income simulation is the main tool for managing structural interest rate risk.
We are asset sensitive and as such are positioned to benefit from an increase in interest rates. The magnitude of this asset-sensitivity has remained relatively stable over the past year and is currently at the higher end of the range.

107

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

We also had market risk associated with the value of the mortgage servicing right assets, which are impacted by the level of interest rates. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , our mortgage servicing rights had a book value of $163 million and $166 million , respectively, and were carried at the lower of cost or fair value. As of March 31, 2015 , and December 31, 2014 , the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights was $176 million and $179 million , respectively. Given low interest rates over recent years, there is a valuation allowance of $17 million and $18 million on the asset as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. Depending on the interest rate environment, hedges may be used to stabilize the market value of the mortgage servicing right asset.

Trading Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily through client facilitation activities including derivatives and foreign exchange products. Exposure is created as a result of the implied volatility and spreads of a select range of interest rates, foreign exchange rates and secondary loans. These trading activities are conducted through our two banking subsidiaries, CBNA and CBPA.
Client facilitation activities consist primarily of interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts where we enter into offsetting trades with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our exposure to the customer. Historically, the majority of these offsetting trades have been with RBS. We will occasionally execute hedges against the spread that exists across the client facing trade and its offset in the market to maintain a low risk profile. In 2014, we commenced a secondary loan trading desk with the objective to meet secondary liquidity needs of our issuing clients’ transactions and investor clients. We do not engage in any proprietary trading to benefit from price differences between financial instruments and markets.
We record interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange contracts as derivative assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Trading assets and liabilities are carried at fair value with income earned related to these activities included in net interest income. Changes in fair value of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in other income, a component of noninterest income on the unaudited interim Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Market Risk Governance
Our market risk framework currently leverages RBS technology platform to aggregate, measure and monitor exposure against market risk limits. As part of our separation from RBS, we have entered into a Transitional Services Agreement pursuant to which RBS will continue to provide us with all necessary VaR and other risk measurements required for regulatory reporting related to interest rate derivatives and foreign exchange trading activities, as well as internal market risk reporting and general consultative services related to our market risk framework until the end of the Transitional Services Agreement. During the term of the Transitional Services Agreement, we intend to build out our own market risk organization and framework in order to gradually migrate away from reliance on services provided by RBS. As part of this process, we hired a new head of market risk management to begin building out our stand-alone capabilities with respect to market risk management.
Given the low level of market risk, we have received the support of our U.S. banking regulators for relying on RBS’ market risk technology platform. In managing our market risk, dealing authorities represent a key control in the management of market risk by setting the scope within which the business is permitted to operate. Dealing authorities are established jointly by designated senior business line and senior risk manager, and are reviewed at least annually. Dealing authorities are structured to accommodate the client facing trades, market offset trades and sets of hedges needed to maintain a low risk profile. Primary responsibility for keeping within established tolerances resides with the business. Key risk indicators, including a combined VaR for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, are monitored on a daily basis and reported against tolerances consistent with our risk appetite and business strategy to relevant business line management and risk counterparts.
Market Risk Measurement
We use VaR metrics, complemented with sensitivity analysis, market value and stress testing in measuring market risk. During the term of the Transition Services Agreement, we will continue to leverage RBS market risk measurement models for our foreign exchange and interest rate products, which are described further below, that capture correlation effects and allow for aggregation of market risk across risk types, business lines and legal entities. We measure and monitor market risk for both management and regulatory capital purposes.
Value-at-Risk Overview
    RBS market risk measurement model is based on historical simulation. The VaR measure estimates the extent of any fair value losses on trading positions that may occur due to broad market movements (General VaR) such as changes in the level of

108

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and commodity prices. It is calculated on the basis that current positions remain broadly unaltered over the course of a given holding period. It is assumed that markets are sufficiently liquid to allow the business to close its positions, if required, within this holding period. VaR’s benefit is that it captures the historic correlations of a portfolio. Based on the composition of our “covered positions,” we also use a standardized add-on approach for the loan trading desk’s Specific Risk capital which estimates the extent of any losses that may occur from factors other than broad market movements. In addition, for our secondary traded loans we calculate the VaR on the general interest rate risk embedded within the loans using a standalone model that replicates RBS general VaR methodology (the related capital is reflected on the “de minimis” line in the following section). RBS General VaR approach is expressed in terms of a confidence level over the past 500 trading days. The internal VaR measure (used as the basis of the main VaR trading limits) is a 99% confidence level with a one day holding period, meaning that a loss greater than the VaR is expected to occur, on average, on only one day in 100 trading days (i.e., 1% of the time). Theoretically, there should be a loss event greater than VaR two to three times per year. The regulatory measure of VaR is done at a 99% confidence level with a 10-day holding period. The historical market data applied to calculate the VaR is updated on a 10 business day lag. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” below for details of our 10-day VaR metrics for the quarters ended March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , including high, low, average and period end Value-at-Risk for interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, as well as total VaR. We began measuring the high, low, and average Value-at-Risk for interest rate and foreign exchange currency rate risk during the fourth quarter of 2013, in conjunction with incorporating trade-level detail for foreign exchange risk in our market risk measurement models. Prior to that time, VaR for foreign exchange exposure was calculated using a manual process that did not capture potential interest rate risk from any forward transactions.
Market Risk Regulatory Capital
Effective January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators adopted “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk” as the regulations covering the calculation of market risk capital (the “Market Risk Rule”). The Market Risk Rule, commonly known as Basel 2.5, substantially modified the determination of market risk-weighted assets and implemented a more risk sensitive methodology for the risk inherent in certain trading positions categorized as “covered positions.” For the purposes of the market risk rule, all of our client facing trades, market offset trades and sets of hedges needed to maintain a low risk profile qualify as “covered positions.” The internal VaR measure is calculated based on the same population of trades that is utilized for regulatory VaR. The following table shows the results of our modeled and non-modeled measures for regulatory capital calculations:
(in millions)
 
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2015   
 
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2014   
Market Risk Category  
 
Period End
 
Average  
 
High
 
Low
 
Period End
 
Average
 
High
 
Low
Interest Rate
 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

Foreign Exchange Currency Rate
 

 

 
1

 

 

 

 
1

 

Diversification Benefit
 

 

 
NM (1)

 
NM (1)

 

 

 
NM (1)

 
NM (1)

General VaR
 

 

 
1

 

 

 

 
1

 

Specific Risk VaR
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total VaR
 

$—

 

$—

 

$1

 

$—

 

$—

 

$—

 

$1

 

$—

Stressed General VaR
 

$2

 

$2

 

$3

 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$3

 

$1

Stressed Specific Risk VaR
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stressed VaR
 

$2

 

$2

 

$3

 

$2

 

$2

 

$2

 

$3

 

$1

CFG Market Risk Regulatory Capital
 

$6

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

$6

 
 
 
 
 
 
CFG Specific Risk Not Modeled Add-on
 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
 
 
CFG de Minimis Exposure Add-on
 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
CFG Total Market Risk Regulatory Capital
 

$18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

$15

 
 
 
 
 
 
CFG Market Risk-Weighted Assets
 

$224

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

$191

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  The high and low for the portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the high and low for the components. Therefore, there is no diversification benefit shown for the high and low columns.
Stress VaR
SVaR is an extension of VaR, but uses a longer historical look back horizon that is fixed from January 1, 2005. This is done not only to identify headline risks from more volatile periods, but also to provide a counter balance to VaR which may be low during periods of low volatility. The holding period for profit and loss determination is 10 days. SVaR is also a component of market risk regulatory capital. SVaR for us is calculated under its own dynamic window regime as compared to RBS’ static SVaR window. In a dynamic window regime, values of the 10-day, 99% VaR are calculated over all possible 260-day periods that can

109

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

be obtained from the complete historical data set. Refer to “Market Risk Regulatory Capital” above for details of SVaR metrics, including high, low, average and period end SVaR for the combined portfolio. We began measuring the high, low, and average SVaR for our combined portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2013 in conjunction with the incorporation of trade-level detail for foreign exchange risk, in our market risk measurement models. Prior to that time, our SVaR measure did not include foreign exchange risk given low levels of materiality.
Sensitivity Analysis
Sensitivity analysis is the measure of exposure to a single risk factor, such as a one basis point change in rates or credit spread. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange exposures and option prices. Whereas VaR is based on previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not be an accurate predictor of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves and is an effective tool in evaluating the appropriateness of hedging strategies.
Stress Testing
Conducting a stress test of a portfolio consists of running risk models with the inclusion of key variables that simulate various historical or hypothetical scenarios. For historical stress tests, profit and loss results are simulated for selected time periods corresponding to the most volatile underlying returns while hypothetical stress tests aim to consider concentration risk, illiquidity under stressed market conditions and risk arising from the bank’s trading activities that may not be fully captured by its other models. Hypothetical scenarios also assume that the market moves happen simultaneously and that no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as events unfold. We generate stress tests of our trading positions on a regular basis. For example, we currently include a stress test that simulates a Lehman-type crisis scenario by taking the worst, 10-day peak to trough moves for the various risk factors that go into VaR from that period, and assuming they occurred simultaneously.
VaR Model Review and Validation
Market risk measurement models used are independently reviewed. RBS models, used under the Transitional Services Agreement, are subject to ongoing and independent review and validation that focuses on the model methodology. Independent review of market risk measurement models is the responsibility of RBS Risk Analytics. Aspects covered include challenging the assumptions used, the quantitative techniques employed and the theoretical justification underpinning them, and an assessment of the soundness of the required data over time. Where possible, the quantitative impact of the major underlying modeling assumptions will be estimated (e.g., through developing alternative models). Results of such reviews are shared with U.S. regulators. For the term of the Transitional Services Agreement, we and RBS expect to utilize the same independently validated VaR model for both management and regulatory reporting purposes. RBS market risk teams, including those providing consultative services to us under the Transitional Services Agreement, will conduct internal validation before a new or changed model element is implemented and before a change is made to a market data mapping. For example, RBS market risk teams also perform regular reviews of key risk factors that are used in the market risk measurement models to produce profit and loss vectors used in the VaR calculations. These internal validations are subject to independent re-validation by Group Risk Analytics and, depending on the results of the impact assessment, notification to the appropriate regulatory authorities for RBS and us may be required.

110

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VaR Backtesting
Backtesting is one form of validation of the VaR model. The Market Risk Rule requires a comparison of our internal VaR measure to the actual net trading revenue (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, intra-day trading and net interest income) for each day over the preceding year (the most recent 250 business days). Any observed loss in excess of the VaR number is taken as an exception. The level of exceptions determines the multiplication factor used to derive the VaR and SVaR-based capital requirement for regulatory reporting purposes. We perform sub-portfolio backtesting as required under the Market Risk Rule, and as approved by our banking regulators, for interest rate and foreign exchange positions. The following table shows our daily net trading revenue and total internal, modeled VaR for the quarters ending March 31, 2015 , December 31, 2014 , September 30, 2014, and June 30, 2014. We continue to utilize a multiplication factor derived from RBS backtesting results, as agreed with our banking regulators.
Daily VaR Backtesting: Sub-portfolio Level Backtesting

111

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information presented in the “Market Risk” section of Part I, Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management's evaluation pursuant to Rules13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this quarterly report on Form 10-Q that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


112

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In addition to the matters described in the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 , information required by this item is set forth in Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should consider the risks described under the caption “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 .

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

On April 6, 2015, the Company issued 250,000 shares, 5.500% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative perpetual Series A Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Preferred Stock”) to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, RBS Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”) for an aggregate offering price of $250 million and net proceeds of $247 million. The Series A Preferred Stock was sold to the Initial Purchasers in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

The net proceeds of the offering were used by the Company to fund the repurchase of its common stock from RBS as described in the table below:

Period
Total Number of Shares Repurchased
Average Price Paid Per Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
Maximum Number of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased As Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
April 7, 2015
10,473,397
$23.87
Not Applicable
Not Applicable

See Note 23 “Subsequent Events” in the Notes to the unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 — Financial Statements of this report for further information.

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as in effect on the date hereof*

3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant as in effect as of the date hereof (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 18, 2015)

4.1
Form of Certificate Representing the Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 6, 2015)

10.1
Retirement Agreement dated March 9, 2015 between the Registrant and John Fawcett (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed March 23, 2015)†

10.2
Executive Employment Agreement dated March 23, 2015 between the Registrant and Donald H. McCree III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed March 25, 2015)†

31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*


113

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

101
The following materials from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2015 , formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements*

† Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
* Filed herewith.


114

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on May 8, 2015.

                                    

CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
(Registrant)
 
 
By:
/s/ Ronald S. Ohsberg
 
Name: Ronald S. Ohsberg
 
Title: Executive Vice President & Controller
 
(Principal Accounting Officer and Authorized Officer)




115
EXHIBIT 3.1


AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


OF


CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
Pursuant to the provisions of §242 and §245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
FIRST: The present name of the corporation is Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was November 21, 1984.
SECOND: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation hereinafter provided for (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).
THIRD: The Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of §228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
FOURTH: This Certificate shall become effective as of August 22, 2014 (the “ Effective Time ”).
ARTICLE 1
NAME
Section 1.01.      Name . The name of the corporation is Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).
ARTICLE 2
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
Section 2.01.      Address and Name . The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Ste. 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Service Company.



1

EXHIBIT 3.1


ARTICLE 3
PURPOSE AND POWERS
Section 3.01.      Purpose and Powers . The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to act as a bank holding company, to act as a savings and loan holding company, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”).
ARTICLE 4
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 4.01.      Authorized Shares .
(a)      Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,100,000,000, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $25.00 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).
Upon this Certificate of Incorporation becoming effective pursuant to Delaware Law at the Effective Time, each share of Common Stock of the Corporation issued immediately prior to the Effective Time will be reclassified into 165,582 issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without any action required on the part of the Corporation or the holders of such Common Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the reclassification of shares of Common Stock provided herein. In lieu of fractional shares, holders of such Common Stock will receive a cash payment equal to the fair value of such fractional shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”). From and after the Effective Time, stock certificates representing the Common Stock issued immediately prior to the Effective Time, if any, shall represent the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such Common Stock shall have been reclassified pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation.
(b)      Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, without any action or vote by the Corporation’s stockholders (except as may otherwise be provided by the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding), to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemptions, redemption prices and liquidation preferences with respect to each such class or series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting each such class or series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such class or series to the extent permitted by Delaware Law.

2

EXHIBIT 3.1


Section 4.02.      Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding classes or series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected class or series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such classes or series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any class or series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to Delaware Law.
Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series of Preferred Stock).
Section 4.03.      Dividends and Distributions . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding class or series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, property of the Corporation or shares of stock of the Corporation, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.
Section 4.04.      Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder.
ARTICLE 5
BYLAWS
Section 5.01.      Bylaws . The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”).


3

EXHIBIT 3.1


ARTICLE 6
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 6.01.      Power of the Board of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors.
Section 6.02.      Number of Directors . The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall, as of the Effective Time, consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons. The exact number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
Section 6.03.      Election of Directors . There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.
Section 6.04.      Vacancies . Vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, except as otherwise required by law, be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next election of directors.
Section 6.05.      Removal . Any director may be removed, with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
Section 6.06.      Preferred Stock Directors . Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.01 hereto, and such directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of this Article 6 unless otherwise provided therein.
ARTICLE 7
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 7.01.      Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may

4

EXHIBIT 3.1


properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine.
Section 7.02.      Special Meetings . For so long as The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (“ Parent ”) continues to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities representing at least 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. From and after the date on which Parent ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities representing at least 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of the chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer of the Corporation or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, such holders may call, pursuant to the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.01 hereto, special meetings of holders of such Preferred Stock.
Section 7.03.      Action by Written Consent . For so long as Parent continues to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities representing at least 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action to be so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all securities entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. From and after the date on which Parent ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities representing at least 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or

5

EXHIBIT 3.1


special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law, as amended from time to time, and this Article 7 and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock may, to the extent permitted by and pursuant to the terms of such class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.01 hereto, take action by written consent.
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.01.      Limited Liability . A director or officer of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of this Article 8 shall eliminate or reduce the effect thereof in respect of any state of facts existing or act or omission occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article 8, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment or repeal.
Section 8.02.      Right to Indemnification .
(a)      Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law.
(b)      The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.
Section 8.03.      Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s

6

EXHIBIT 3.1


status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Delaware Law.
Section 8.04.      Nonexclusivity of Rights . The rights and authority conferred in this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.
Section 8.05.      Preservation of Rights . Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article 8, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person granted pursuant hereto existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced or completed).
ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.01.      Certain Acknowledgement . In recognition and anticipation that (c) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives affiliated with Parent and its Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation and (d) Parent and its Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article 9 are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of Parent or its Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.
Section 9.02.      Competition and Corporate Opportunities; Renouncement . None of (a) Parent or any of its Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified above being referred to, collectively, as “ Identified Persons ” and, individually, as an “ Identified Person ”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law or regulation, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (i) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law or regulation, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, no Identified Person shall be liable

7

EXHIBIT 3.1


to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law or regulation, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof. Subject to Section 9.03, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law or regulation, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law or regulation, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person or does not provide notice of such corporate opportunity to the Corporation.
Section 9.03.      Allocation of Corporate Opportunities . The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director affiliated with Parent if such opportunity is offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section 9.02 hereof shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.
Section 9.04.      Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities . In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 9, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (a)  the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (b) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (c) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.
Section 9.05.      Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article 9, (a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean (i) in respect of Parent, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by Parent, controls Parent or is under common control with Parent and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation)

8

EXHIBIT 3.1


and (ii) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (b) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.
Section 9.06.      Notice of this Article . To the fullest extent permitted by law or regulation, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article 9.
ARTICLE 10
SEVERABILITY
Section 10.01.      Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
ARTICLE 11
FORUM
Section 11.01.      Forum . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law or regulation, including the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Law, this Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the Bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 11.



9

EXHIBIT 3.1


ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENTS
Section 12.01.      Amendments . The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner permitted by the Delaware Law and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the date on which Parent ceases to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, securities representing at least 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, the provisions set forth in Section 4.02 and Articles 6, 7, 8, 9 and Article 12 may not be repealed or amended in any respect, and no other provision may be adopted, amended or repealed which would have the effect of modifying or permitting the circumvention of the provisions set forth in any of Section 4.02 and Articles 6, 7, 8, 9 and 12, unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation generally entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

10

EXHIBIT 3.1



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Incorporation this 22 nd day of August, 2014.
CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
By:
/s/ Robin S. Elkowitz
 
Name: Robin S. Elkowitz
 
Title: Executive Vice President,
            Associate General Counsel and
            Secretary
 
 
 
 


11


CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS OF THE 5.500% FIXED-TO-FLOATING NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK,
SERIES A


(Liquidation Preference $1,000 per share)



OF


CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
_________________________

Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
_________________________


Citizens Financial Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that, pursuant to resolutions of a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on March 31, 2015, the creation of 5.500% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $25.00 per share, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (“ Series A ”), of the Corporation was authorized and the designation, preferences, privileges, voting rights, and other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Series A, in addition to those set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, are fixed as follows:
Designation. The distinctive serial designation of such series of preferred stock is “5.500% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.” Each share of Series A shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series A, except as to the respective dates from which dividends thereon shall accrue, to the extent such dates may differ as permitted pursuant to Section 4(a) below.
Number of Shares. The authorized number of shares of Series A shall be 250,000. Shares of Series A that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock; provided that this Section 2 shall not apply to any purchase or other acquisition of shares of Series A by any subsidiary of the Corporation.

1


Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series A:
(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, at the time of determination, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. “ Affiliated ” and “ Affiliation ” shall have correlative meanings.
(b)      Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(c)      Bylaws ” means the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.
(d)      Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation to close in The City of New York.
(e)      Calculation Agent ” means, at any time, the person or entity appointed by the Corporation and serving as such agent at such time. The Corporation may terminate any such appointment and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Corporation shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent. The Calculation Agent may be a person or entity affiliated with the Corporation.
(f)      Certificate of Designation ” means this Certificate of Designation relating to the Series A, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
(g)      Certification of Incorporation ” shall mean the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designation.
(h)      Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.
(i)      Code ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c).
(j)      Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.
(k)      Definitive Series A Certificate ” means one or more certificates representing shares of Series A registered in the name of the

2


Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 9, except that any such Definitive Series A Certificate shall not bear the Global Certificate Legend and shall not have a schedule of increases or decreases.
(l)      Dividend Payment Date ” means either a Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date or a Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date, as the case may be.
(m) Dividend Period ” means either a Fixed Rate Dividend Period or a Floating Rate Dividend Period, as the case may be.
(n)      Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).
(o)      DTC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).
(p)      ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c).
(q)      Euroclear ” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.
(r)      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(s)      Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(t)      Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date ” means April 6 and October 6 of each year, commencing on October 6, 2015 and ending on April 6, 2020, subject to adjustment as described in Section 4(a). For the avoidance of doubt, the first Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date shall be October 6, 2015.
(u)      Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date ” means January 6, April 6, July 6 and October 6 of each year, commencing on July 6, 2020, subject to adjustment as described in Section 4(a). For the avoidance of doubt, the first Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date shall be July 6, 2020.
(v)      Fixed Rate Dividend Period ” means the period beginning on, and including, the Original Issue Date and ending on, but excluding, the next Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date thereafter (or any earlier redemption date on which the Series A are to be redeemed in full (pursuant to Section 6 hereof)) and each successive period beginning on, and including, a Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date and ending on, but excluding, the next Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date (or any earlier redemption date on which the Series A are to be redeemed in full (pursuant to Section 6 hereof), except that (i) the initial Fixed Rate Dividend Period

3


for any share of Series A issued on the Original Issue Date will commence on and include the Original Issue Date and will end on and exclude the October 6, 2015 Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date, and (ii) for any share of Series A issued after the Original Issue Date, the initial Fixed Rate Dividend Period for such shares may commence on and include the Original Issue Date or such other date as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall determine and shall end on and exclude the next Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date, and the Company shall disclose such initial Fixed Rate Dividend Period to the holders of shares of Series A then outstanding.
(w) “ Floating Rate Dividend Period ” means the period beginning on, and including, April 6, 2020 and ending on, but excluding, the next Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date thereafter (or any earlier redemption date on which the Series A are to be redeemed in full (pursuant to Section 6 hereof)) and each successive period beginning on, and including, a Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date and ending on, but excluding, the next Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date (or any earlier redemption date on which the Series A are to be redeemed in full (pursuant to Section 6 hereof), except that for any share of Series A issued after the Original Issue Date, the initial Floating Rate Dividend Period for such shares may commence on and include the Original Issue Date or such other date as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall determine and shall end on and exclude the next Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date, and the Company shall disclose such initial Floating Rate Dividend Period to the holders of shares of Series A then outstanding.
(x)      Global Certificates ” means one or more global certificates representing shares of Series A registered in the name of the Holder thereof that bears the Global Certificate Legend.
(y) “ Global Certificate Legend ” means the global certificate legend set forth in Annex II hereto, which is required to be placed on all Global Certificates issued under this Certificate of Designation.
(z) “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name a certificate is registered on the Transfer Agent’s books and records.
(aa) “ Initial Purchasers ” means the initial purchasers of the shares of Series A on the Original Issue Date pursuant to the purchase agreement, dated as of March 31, 2015, among the Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, RBS Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

4


(bb) “ Junior Stock ” means any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation that ranks junior to Series A as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. Junior Stock includes the Common Stock.
(cc) “ LIBOR Determination Date ” means the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of the relevant Floating Rate Dividend Period.
(dd) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).
(ee) “ London Banking Day ” means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is a day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
(ff) “ Nonpayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
(gg) “ Original Issue Date ” means April 6, 2015.
(hh) “ Parity Stock ” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks equally with the Series A in the payment of dividends, whether cumulative or non-cumulative, and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(ii)     “ Person ” means any natural person, joint venture, general or limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, firm, association or organization or other legal entity.
(jj)     “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Corporation, including the Series A.
(kk)     “ Preferred Stock Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
(ll) “ QIB ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(2)(ii).
(mm) “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
(nn) Regulation S Global Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).
(oo) “ Regulation S Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

5


(pp)     “ Regulatory Capital Treatment Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
(qq)     “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(f).
(rr)     “ Restricted Period ” means the period beginning on the Original Issue Date and ending 40 days after such date.
(ss) Reuters ” means Reuters 3000 Xtra Service or any successor service.
(tt)     “ Rule 144A ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(2)(ii).
(uu)     “ Rule 144A Global Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).
(vv)     “ Rule 144A Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).
(ww) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(xx) “ Series A Stock Certificate ” means one or more certificates evidencing ownership of a share or shares of Series A, which will exclusively be in the form of one or more Global Certificates as of the Original Issue Date and may be represented by Definitive Series A Certificates only as provided in Section 9.
(yy)     “ Similar Law ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c).
(zz) “ Three-Month LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Floating Rate Dividend Period, Three-Month LIBOR as determined by the Calculation Agent on the Dividend Determination Date in the following manner:
(i) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, that appears on Reuters screen page “LIBOR01”, or any successor page, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that LIBOR Determination Date.
(ii) If no such rate appears, then the Calculation Agent will request the principal London offices of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market, selected by the Calculation Agent as directed by the Corporation, to provide the Calculation Agent with its offered quotation for

6


deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount that is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR determined on that LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of those quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR will be determined for the first day of such Dividend Period as the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York time, on that LIBOR Determination Date, by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent as directed by the Corporation, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a period of three months, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a principal amount that is representative of a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If the banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, LIBOR for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the same as LIBOR for the immediately preceding Floating Rate Dividend Period, or, if there was no such Floating Rate Dividend Period, the dividend payable will be based on the initial dividend rate.
(aaa) Transfer ” means directly or indirectly (whether by merger, operation of law or otherwise) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of any direct or indirect economic, voting or other rights in or to shares of the Series A, including by means of the Transfer of an interest in a Person that directly or indirectly holds such shares. “ Transferee ”, “ Transferor ”, “ Transferred ” and “ Transferring ” shall have correlative meanings.
(bbb) “ Transfer Agent ” means the transfer agent with respect to the Series A, which shall be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. as of the Original Issue Date, and its successor, including any successor transfer agent appointed by the Corporation.
(ccc) “ Voting Preferred Stock ” means any other class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking equally with the Series A as to dividends (whether cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable. Whether a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series A and any other Voting Preferred Stock have been voted in favor of any matter

7


shall be determined by reference to the liquidation amounts of the shares voted.
Dividends .
(ddd) Rate . Holders of Series A will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends under Delaware law, non-cumulative cash dividends from the Original Issue Date (in the case of the initial Dividend Period only) or the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date, in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing on October 6, 2015. Dividends will accrue on the liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share (i) during each Fixed Rate Dividend Period, from the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, April 6, 2020 or any earlier applicable redemption date on which the Series A are to be redeemed in full (pursuant to Section 6 hereof), at a rate per annum equal to 5.500%, computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months, and (ii) during each Floating Rate Dividend Period, from, and including, April 6, 2020 to, but excluding, any applicable redemption date on which the Series A are to be redeemed in full (pursuant to Section 6 hereof), at a rate equal to Three-Month LIBOR for that Floating Rate Dividend Period plus 3.960%, computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Dividends for the initial Dividend Period for shares of Series A issued on the Original Issue Date will be calculated from the Original Issue Date. If any scheduled Dividend Payment Date up to and including the April 6, 2020 scheduled Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. If any scheduled Dividend Payment Date thereafter is not a Business Day, then the Dividend Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day unless such day falls in the next calendar month, in which case the Dividend Payment Date will be brought forward to the immediately preceding day that is a Business Day, and, in either case, dividends will accrue to, but excluding, the date dividends are paid. In the event that the Corporation issues additional shares of Series A after the Original Issue Date, dividends on such shares may accrue from the Original Issue Date or any other date specified by the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof at the time such additional shares are issued.
Dividends that are payable on Series A on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to Holders of record of Series A as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee

8


of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”).
Holders of Series A shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on the Series A as specified in this Section 4 (subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Designation).
Dividends on shares of the Series A will not be cumulative. Accordingly, if the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) does not declare a dividend on the Series A payable in respect of any Dividend Period before the related Dividend Payment Date, such dividend will not accrue and the Corporation will have no obligation to pay a dividend for that Dividend Period on the Dividend Payment Date or at any future time, whether or not dividends on the Series A are declared for any future Dividend Period.
The Calculation Agent’s determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Floating Rate Dividend Period, will be on file at the Corporation’s principal offices, will be made available to any stockholder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.
(eee) Priority of Dividends . The Series A will rank (i) senior to the Common Stock and any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock expressly stated to be junior to the Series A, (ii) junior to any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock expressly stated to be senior to the Series A (issued with the requisite consent of the Holders of the Series A, if required) and (iii) equally with each other class or series of Preferred Stock the Corporation may issue that is not expressly stated to be senior or junior to the Series A, in each case with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
So long as any share of Series A remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be paid or declared on Junior Stock, and no Junior Stock shall be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly, during a Dividend Period, unless the full dividend for the latest completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series A has been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to:
repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of Junior Stock in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or

9


more employees, officers, directors or consultants or (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan;
an exchange, redemption, reclassification or conversion of any class or series of Junior Stock, or any junior stock of a subsidiary of the Corporation, for any class or series of Junior Stock;
the purchase of fractional interests in shares of Junior Stock under the conversion or exchange provisions of Junior Stock or the security being converted or exchanged;
any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant to the plan; or
any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks equal or junior to that stock.
In addition, the foregoing limitation shall not restrict the ability of any affiliate of the Corporation, to engage in any market-making transactions in Junior Stock in the ordinary course of business.
When dividends are not paid (or duly provided for) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a related Dividend Period) in full upon the Series A and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on the Series A and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the related Dividend Period) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued but unpaid dividends per share on the Series A and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the related Dividend Period) bear to each other.
Subject to the foregoing, dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) may be determined by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors and may be declared and paid on the Common Stock and any stock ranking, as to dividends, equally with or junior to the Series A, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Series A shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

10


(fff)      Restrictions on the Payment of Dividends. Dividends on the Series A will not be declared, paid or set aside for payment if the Corporation fails to comply, or if and to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply, with applicable laws and regulations, including the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of any successor appropriate federal banking agency) applicable to the Corporation.
Liquidation Rights.
(ggg) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Holders of Series A shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, after satisfaction of all liabilities to creditors, if any, of the Corporation and subject to the rights of holders of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation then outstanding ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A in respect of distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A as to such distribution, a liquidating distribution in an amount equal to $1,000 per share, together with an amount equal to all dividends, if any, that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution (but without any accumulation in respect of dividends that have not been declared prior to such payment date). Holders of the Series A will not be entitled to any other amounts from the Corporation after they have received their full Liquidation Preference.
(hhh) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preference (as defined below) in full to all Holders of Series A and all holders of any stock of the Corporation ranking equally with the Series A as to such distribution, the amounts paid to the Holders of Series A and to the holders of all such other stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preference of the Holders of Series A and the holders of all such other stock. In any such distribution, the “ Liquidation Preference ” of any holder of stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than Series A and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis,

11


an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued, cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable). Holders of the Series A will not be entitled to any other amounts from the Corporation after they have received the full amounts provided for in this Section 5 and will have no right or claim to any of the Corporation’s remaining assets.
(iii)      Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all Holders of Series A and any other shares of the Corporation’s stock ranking equally as to the Liquidation Preference, the holders of other stock of the Corporation ranking junior as to the Liquidation Preference shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.
(jjj) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the Holders of Series A receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
Redemption.
(kkk) Optional Redemption . The Corporation may, at its option, redeem the Series A (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any Dividend Payment Date on or after April 6, 2020 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event (as defined below), in each case upon notice given as provided in Section 6(c) below, at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share, together with (except as otherwise provided herein below) any declared and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The redemption price for any shares of Series A shall be payable on the redemption date to the Holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared and unpaid dividend for the then current Dividend Period payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the Holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the Holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 4 above.
A “ Regulatory Capital Treatment Event ” means the good faith determination by the Corporation that, as a result of (i) any amendment to,

12


or clarification of or change in (including any announced prospective amendment to, clarification of or change in), the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after March 31, 2015, (ii) any proposed change in those laws or regulations that is announced or that becomes effective after March 31, 2015, or (iii) any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or that becomes effective after March 31, 2015, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share of Series A then outstanding as “Additional Tier 1” capital (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board (or, as and if applicable, the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of any successor appropriate federal banking agency) as then in effect and applicable, for so long as any share of Series A is outstanding. “ Appropriate federal banking agency ” means the “appropriate federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as that term is defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or any successor provision.
(lll)     No Sinking Fund . The Series A will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series A will have no right to require the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series A.
(mmm) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Series A shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice, but failure to duly give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of shares of Series A designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the shares of Series A are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the Holders of Series A at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a Holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series A to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such Holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places

13


where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.
(nnn) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series A at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or by lot. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the shares of Series A are issued in book-entry form through DTC or any other similar facility, the shares of Series A to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with the procedures of such facility. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series A shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.
(ooo) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of any shares of Series A so called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of two years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.
Voting Rights.
(ppp) General . The Holders of Series A shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below and as determined by the Board of Directors or an authorized committee thereof or as otherwise from time to time required by law.
(qqq) Right To Elect Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events . If and whenever dividends on any shares of the Series A, or any other Voting Preferred Stock, shall have not been declared and paid for the equivalent of three semi-annual or six quarterly dividend periods, whether or not for consecutive dividend periods (a “ Nonpayment ”), the Holders of such shares, voting together as a class with holders of any and all other series

14


of Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding, will be entitled to vote for the election of a total of two additional members of the Board of Directors (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”), provided that the election of any such directors shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and provided further that the Board of Directors shall at no time include more than two Preferred Stock Directors. In that event, the number of directors on the Board of Directors shall automatically increase by two, and the new directors shall be elected at a special meeting called at the request of the Holders of record of at least 20% of the Series A or of any other series of Voting Preferred Stock (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series A or other Voting Preferred Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation in such manner as provided for in Section 11 below, or as may otherwise be required by law. The voting rights will continue until dividends on the shares of the Series A and any such series of Voting Preferred Stock shall have been fully paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment of such dividends shall have been set aside for such payment) for at least two consecutive semi-annual or four consecutive quarterly dividend periods following the Nonpayment.
If and when dividends for at least two consecutive semi-annual or four consecutive quarterly dividend periods following a Nonpayment have been fully paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for such payment shall have been set aside) on the Series A and any other class or series of Voting Preferred Stock, the Holders of the Series A and all other holders of Voting Preferred Stock shall be divested of the foregoing voting rights (subject to revesting in the event of each subsequent Nonpayment), the term of office of each Preferred Stock Director so elected shall terminate and the number of directors on the Board of Directors shall automatically decrease by two. In determining whether dividends have been paid for at least two consecutive semi-annual or four consecutive quarterly dividend periods following a Nonpayment, the Corporation may take account of any dividend it elects to pay for any dividend period after the regular dividend date for that period has passed. Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the Holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A together with all series of Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class) to the extent such Holders have the voting rights described above. So long as a

15


Nonpayment shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Stock Director (other than prior to the initial election after a Nonpayment) may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Stock Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the Holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A and all Voting Preferred Stock when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class); provided that the filling of each vacancy shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors. Any such vote to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a Preferred Stock Director may be taken only at a special meeting called at the request of the Holders of record of at least 20% of the Series A or of any other series of Voting Preferred Stock (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter.
(rrr) Other Voting Rights . So long as any shares of Series A are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series A and any Voting Preferred Stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:
(i)     Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series A with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
(ii)     Amendment of Series A . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designation, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, so as to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series A, taken as a whole; or

16


(iii)     Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series A, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Series A remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the Holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series A, taken as a whole;
provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series A or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other class or series of Preferred Stock ranking equally with the Series A with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of, and will not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the Holders of outstanding shares of Series A.
If any amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation specified in this Section 7(c) would adversely affect one or more but not all series of Voting Preferred Stock (including the Series A for this purpose), then only such series of Preferred Stock as are adversely affected by and entitled to vote on the matter shall vote on the matter together as a class in lieu of all other series of Preferred Stock. If all series of Preferred Stock are not equally affected by the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation described above, there shall be required a two-thirds approval of each series that will have a diminished status.
(sss) Changes for Clarification . Without the consent of the Holders of the Series A, so long as such action does not adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series A, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series A:

17


(i)    to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii)    to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series A that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation.
(ttt)      Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the Holders of Series A shall be required pursuant to Section (b), (c) or (d) above if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series A shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
(uuu) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the Holders of Series A (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series A is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the Holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series A and any Voting Preferred Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the Holders of shares of Series A are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.
Transfer Restrictions.
(vvv) (1) In the case of Rule 144A Shares, prior to the date which is one year after the later of the Original Issue Date and the last date on which the Corporation or any Affiliate of the Corporation was the owner of such shares or a beneficial interest in a Series A Certificate representing such shares and (2) in the case of Regulation S Shares, 40 days after the Original Issue Date, no Holder or beneficial owner of Series A may Transfer any shares of Series A owned by it except:
(i)      pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

18


(ii)      for so long as the shares are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”), to a Person it reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A (“ QIB ”) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A;
(iii)      pursuant to an offer, sale or other transfer to non-U.S. Persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S;
(iv)      pursuant to another available exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or
(v)      to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates,
subject to the Corporation’s and the Transfer Agent’s right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer pursuant to clause (iii) or clause (iv) to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.
(www)     
(i)     Series A Stock Certificates representing Rule 144A Shares shall bear the applicable restrictive legend set forth in Annex I hereto until such legend is removed by the Corporation in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 9(f).
(ii)     Series A Stock Certificates representing Regulation S Shares shall bear the applicable restrictive legend set forth in Annex I hereto until the end of the Restricted Period, at which time all Regulation S Shares shall be freely tradeable by non-Affiliates in accordance with Section 9(g).
(xxx) Each Transferee of shares of Series A will be deemed to have represented and agreed that either (i) the Transferee is not acquiring or holding such share of Series A or interest therein with the assets of (A) an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), that is subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, (B) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (C) any entity whose underlying assets are deemed under ERISA to include “plan assets” of any of the foregoing by reason of an employee benefit plan’s or plan’s investment in such entity, or (D) a governmental plan (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), a church

19


plan (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA) or non-U.S. plan (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) that is subject to any U.S. federal, state or local laws or non-U.S. laws that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (“ Similar Law ”); or (ii) the acquisition, holding and disposition of such share of Series A or interest therein by the purchaser will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any Similar Laws.
Global Certificates for Stock; Transfer and Exchange.
(yyy) Shares of Series A offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A (the “ Rule 144A Shares ”) shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Certificates, including the legend set forth in Annex I hereto (the “ Rule 144A Global Certificate ”), authenticated by the Transfer Agent. The Rule 144A Global Certificate will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Transfer Agent as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Series A represented thereby (or to such other accounts as they may direct). The number of shares of Series A represented by the Rule 144A Global Certificate may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Transfer Agent, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
(zzz) Shares of Series A offered and sold in their initial distribution outside the United States of America in reliance on Regulations S (the “ Regulation S Shares ”) shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Certificates, including the legend set forth in Annex I hereto (the “ Regulation S Global Certificate ”), authenticated by the Transfer Agent. The Regulation S Global Certificate will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Transfer Agent as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, for credit to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of the Series A represented thereby (or to such other accounts as they may direct). The number of shares of Series A represented by the Regulation S Global Certificate may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Transfer Agent, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
(aaaa) A Holder may Transfer shares of Series A to another Person or exchange a Series A Certificate for another Series A Certificate by presenting to the Transfer Agent a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed Transferee or requesting such an exchange,

20


accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by the Transfer Agent, except that any Transfers or exchanges between the Rule 144A Global Certificate and the Regulation S Global Certificate, or vice versa, shall be made as set forth in Section 9(e) or Section 9(g), as applicable. The Transfer Agent will promptly register any Transfer or exchange that meets the applicable requirements by noting the same in the register maintained by the Transfer Agent for the purpose, and no Transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register. The Transfer or exchange of any Series A Certificate (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with applicable law and this Certificate of Designation, as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Certificate (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Transfer Agent shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this Certificate of Designation. A Global Certificate may not be Transferred as a whole except by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
(bbbb) The Transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in Global Certificates shall be effected through DTC, in accordance with this Certificate of Designations (including restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 8, as applicable) and the procedures of DTC therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Certificate shall deliver a written order given in accordance with DTC’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of DTC to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Certificate or another Global Certificate and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Certificate and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Certificate being Transferred.
(cccc) A registration of Transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Certificate for beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Certificate prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date shall be made upon the receipt by the Transfer Agent or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex IV hereto from the proposed Transferee.
(dddd) Promptly following the one year anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation shall (i) if Rule 144A Shares are represented by one or more Rule 144A Global Certificates, comply with any applicable DTC procedures for delegending or otherwise exchanging any such Global Certificate for a Global Certificate not bearing the restrictive legend set forth in Annex I hereto and changing the restricted

21


CUSIP number for an unrestricted CUSIP number (including DTC’s mandatory exchange process, if applicable), and (ii) if Rule 144A Shares are represented by Definitive Series A Certificates, (1) instruct the Transfer Agent to cancel any such Definitive Series A Certificates and (2) issue to the Holder thereof (or its Transferee) a new Definitive Series A Certificate representing the same number of shares of Series A, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its Transferee), that does not bear the legend set forth on Annex I, if, in the case of both (i) and (ii), the Corporation determines in its sole discretion (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Corporation may reasonably require) that Rule 144A Shares are eligible for resale by non-Affiliates of the Corporation pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor provision) without the need to satisfy certain conditions to ensure that Transfers thereof are effected in compliance with the Securities Act (the date on which the Corporation makes such a determination in the affirmative, the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”).
(eeee) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Certificate may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership of interests in the Regulation S Global Certificate may only be sold, pledged or otherwise Transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Certificate to a Transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Certificate before the Resale Restriction Termination Date, shall be made only upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of a certification in the form provided in Annex III hereto, and such interest Transferred shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. Regulation S Shares shall be freely tradable by non-Affiliates of the Corporation after the Restricted Period ends. Following the Resale Restriction Termination Date, if the Regulation S Shares are represented by one or more Regulation S Global Certificates, the Corporation shall follow applicable DTC procedures to change the CUSIP number for the Regulation S Shares to the unrestricted CUSIP number applicable to the Rule 144A Shares at that time, if such DTC procedures exist at such time.
(ffff)     
(i)    Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Certificates will not be entitled to receive Definitive Series A Certificates. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Series A Certificates in exchange for their beneficial

22


interests in a Global Certificate upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Transfer Agent’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Series A Certificates shall be Transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Certificate if (A) DTC notifies the Corporation that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Certificate or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Corporation within 90 days of such notice or (B) the Corporation in its sole discretion executes and delivers to the Transfer Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such Global Certificate shall be so exchangeable. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the preceding two sentences, the Corporation shall promptly make available to the Transfer Agent a reasonable supply of Definitive Series A Certificates.
(ii)    Any Definitive Series A Certificate delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Certificate pursuant to this Section 9(h) shall, (A) bear the appropriate legend set forth in Annex I, (1) in the case of Rule 144A Shares, if a Definitive Series A Certificate will be issued before the Resale Restriction Termination Date and (2) in the case of Regulation S Shares, if a Definitive Series A Certificate will be issued before the last date of the Restricted Period, and be registered in the name of the Holder of the Definitive Series A Certificate.
(iii)    If a Definitive Series A Certificate is Transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Certificate, the Transfer Agent will (x) cancel such Definitive Series A Certificate, (y) record an increase in the number of shares of Series A represented by such Global Certificate equal to the number of shares of Series A of such Transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such Transfer or exchange involves less than the entire number of shares represented by the canceled Definitive Series A Certificate, the Corporation shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall, upon written request of the Corporation, authenticate and make available for delivery, to the Transferring Holder a new Definitive Series A Certificate representing the shares of Series A not so Transferred.
(iv)    If a Definitive Series A Certificate is Transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Series A Certificate, (x) the Transfer Agent will cancel the Definitive Series A Certificate being Transferred or exchanged, (y) the Corporation shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall authenticate and make available for

23


delivery, one or more new Definitive Series A Certificates representing the number of shares of Series A of such Transfer or exchange to the Transferee (in the case of a Transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Series A Certificate (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such Transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such Transfer or exchange involves less than the entire number of shares represented by the canceled Definitive Series A Certificate, the Corporation shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall, upon written request of the Corporation, authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Series A Certificates representing the number of shares of Series A equal to the untransferred or unexchanged shares of Series A represented by the canceled Definitive Series A Certificates, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.
(v)    Prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, a registration of Transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Definitive Series A Certificates representing Rule 144A Shares to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the Transferee in the form as set forth on the applicable Series A Stock Certificate that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Corporation as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the Transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
Reports. For so long as shares of Series A offered in reliance on the exemptions provided by Rule 144A remain outstanding and during any period when the Corporation is neither subject to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Corporation will furnish to Holders of and prospective investors in such shares of Series A, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the relevant shares of Series A are not freely transferable under the Securities Act by Persons who are not “affiliates” under the Securities Act. The Corporation will be entitled to require certification as to a Person’s bona fide status as a Holder of or prospective investor in the relevant shares of Series A, as applicable, prior to distributing to such Person the information to be provided by the Corporation.
Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the Transfer Agent for the Series A may deem and treat the Holder of record of any share of Series A as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes,

24


and neither the Corporation nor such Transfer Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Notices. All notices or communications in respect of Series A shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or by applicable law.
No Preemptive Rights. No share of Series A shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Other Rights. The shares of Series A shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.


25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Robin S. Elkowitz, its Executive Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary, this 2 nd day of April, 2015.


CITIZENS FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
 
 
By
/s/ Robin S. Elkowitz
 
Name: Robin S. Elkowitz
 
Title: Executive Vice President,
            Deputy General Counsel and
            Secretary
 
 



26


ANNEX I
Restrictive Legend
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS [ IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A CERTIFICATE : ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF SUCH SECURITY OR THE RELEVANT BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THERETO)], [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S CERTIFICATE : 40 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUE OF THIS SECURITY], ONLY (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SHARES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO AN OFFER, SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, SUBJECT TO THE CORPORATION’S AND THE TRANSFER AGENT’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.

IN ADDITION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY UNDERSTANDS THAT THE ISSUER MAY RECEIVE A LIST OF PARTICIPANTS HOLDING POSITIONS IN THIS SECURITY. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT AGREES TO COMPLY WITH THE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN AND IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, AND WILL NOT TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN EXCEPT TO AN ELIGIBLE PURCHASER WHO CAN MAKE THE SAME ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS PURCHASING.


27

    


ANNEX II
Global Certificate Legend

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE REGISTERED FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.
 
UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE CORPORATION OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.


28

    


ANNEX III
Regulation S Certificate
[Date]
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”)
c/o     Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
Attention: [●]
Fax: [●]
Re:
[●]% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, Liquidation Preference $1,000 Per Share (the “ Shares ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with our proposed sale of Shares, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
(a)    the offer of the Shares was not made to a person in the United States;
(b)    either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;
(c)    no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and
(d)    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.
We also hereby certify that we [are] [are not] an Affiliate of the Company and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Shares [is] [is not] an Affiliate of the Company.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:
Authorized Signature

29

    


ANNEX IV
Rule 144A Certificate
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”)
To:     Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Transfer Agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”)
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
Attention: [●]
Fax: [●]
Re:
[●]% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, Liquidation Preference $1,000 Per Share (the “ Shares ”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Certificate relates to:
[CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.]
o A.    Our proposed purchase of $_____ Shares.
o B.    Our proposed exchange of $_____ Shares for an equal amount of Shares to be held by us.
We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Shares to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate, we have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
We also hereby certify that we are not an Affiliate of the Company and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Shares is not an Affiliate of the Company.
 
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)]
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
Date: __________________

30

    
EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
I, Bruce Van Saun, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.


Date: May 8, 2015            
    
    
                                
 
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Bruce Van Saun
Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
I, Eric W. Aboaf, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c.
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.


Date: May 8, 2015                    
                                
 
/s/ Eric W. Aboaf
Eric W. Aboaf
Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the "Company"), does hereby certify that:

1.
The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 (the “Form 10-Q”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
    
2.
The information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Dated: May 8, 2015


 
/s/ Bruce Van Saun
Bruce Van Saun
Chief Executive Officer


A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff on request.

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Financial Officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (the "Company"), does hereby certify that:

1.
The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 (the “Form 10-Q”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
    
2.
The information contained in the Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Dated: May 8, 2015



 
/s/ Eric W. Aboaf
Eric W. Aboaf
Chief Financial Officer



A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff on request.